Bill and Beverly first retired near Pike's Peak in Colorado but now own a
circa 1803 house near Concord, New Hampshire. Among their successful children is
one with a well-known name --- Joe Trench, President for Lockheed Martin
Information Systems and Global Services Performance,
In addition to its onsite programs in Hays, Kansas, Fort Hays State
University has its own online degree programs at
http://www.fhsu.edu/virtualcollege/
What future leaders need is increased communication
skill and confidence in relating with people. The old joke is that an
extroverted accountant is one who looks at your shoe laces rather than only
his/her own shoe laces.
"A Firm Stance: CU Marine Reservist Targeted In Angry Confrontation; No
Disciplinary Action Taken," by Laura Brunts, Columbia Spectator, January
26, 2006 ---
Click Here
"Turning Up the Volume on Graduate Education Reform, by Katina Rogers,
Chronicle of Higher Education, December 14, 2012 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/profhacker/graduate-education-reform/45043?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
The final weeks of the year, always a time for
reflection and renewal, are doubly so for humanities scholars because of the
timing of the MLA
and
AHA annual
conventions (and for some, the academic interviews and ensuing anxiety that
accompany them). Recently, a number of conversations discussing new models
for graduate education have taken place, giving the encouraging impression
that we are in a moment when long-standing issues in higher education,
including employment rates for PhD holders, may be receiving renewed
attention that will transform into action on a broader scale. At the same
time, some of the conversations have generated heated criticism.
In a single week, a number of high-profile articles
came to public view:
While any one of these items would have garnered a
good deal of discussion, the concentration of all of them appearing in such
a short period of time seriously turned up the volume on discussions about
graduate education reform. The topics of time to degree, job prospects,
curricular reform, and career training are not only highly complex; they’re
also intensely emotional. It’s not unexpected, then, that the articles and
reports of the past week would generate strong opinions, both of support and
critique.
Some of the criticisms that I saw last week
expressed concern that the voices of graduate students were being excluded
from the conversation; others worried that without the buy-in of senior
faculty, changes would not get off the ground. Both are true, though more
voices are represented in these conversations than is immediately apparent
in the press coverage. Another, more complex critique is that the movement
to shorten time-to-degree or to increase preparation for alternative
academic careers merely legitimizes the problems of a flooded job market and
the casualization of academic labor. These are major concerns, and I don’t
think anybody knows for sure whether the long-term effects of the proposed
changes will make a dent in the root of the problems. At the same time,
something has to be done, and I think it’s incredibly positive that we’re at
a point of action—and that at least some of that action is being initiated
at high levels.
Last week’s articles bring public attention to work
that has been ongoing for some time, and it’s worth noting that there’s a
great deal of research and discussion that is less newsworthy but that is a
crucial aspect of the movement toward change. One locus of conversation
about the state of graduate training occurred at the Scholarly Communication
Institute’s recent meeting,
Rethinking Graduate Education. The first of three
meetings on the topic, the workshop featured wide-ranging conversation and
pragmatic implementation discussions. While concrete pilot programs will be
developed in subsequent meetings in this series, already a number of
innovative concepts have been proposed, including establishing a form of
short-term rotations to increase graduate students’ exposure to other
academic and cultural heritage institutions in their community.
Following that meeting, Fiona Barnett, a
participant at the SCI workshop and director of the HASTAC Scholars Program,
broadened the conversation by introducing a
HASTAC forum on the same topic. While the size of
SCI’s meeting was limited in order to foster deeper engagement among
participants, the HASTAC forum opens up the dialogue to include many more
voices from graduate students and others who wish to contribute. The forum
has seen a high level of activity and a range of thoughtful ideas, including
developing something akin to a studio class, where students would develop
and present their own projects and engage in peer critique.
It’s also important to note that while the Stanford
proposal and the issues that Bérubé presented are examples of top-down
recommendations, some of the best examples of change are already happening
in small pockets and from the ground up. In order to call more attention to
them and to help find the patterns among strong programs, SCI is currently
developing a loose consortium of programs—called the Praxis Network—that
provide innovative methodological training and research support. More
information about the network will be available in early 2013. While
innovative programs may still feel more like the exception than the norm,
there are some outstanding examples that can serve as models for programs
that are considering making curricular changes or developing new
initiatives. By showcasing existing programs that are rethinking the ways
they train their students, we hope that their successes and challenges will
enable other programs and departments to enact changes that make sense for
their own institution and students.
Much of the conversation about graduate training
focuses on career readiness—regardless of whether that career is
professorial in nature. As readers of this space already know, over the past
several months, SCI has conducted a study on career preparation among
humanities scholars in alternative academic positions. An
early report from the study is now available, with
a fuller report to come in 2013. The upshot is that there’s much room for
improvement in helping to equip graduate students to succeed in whatever
career path they choose to pursue. Skills like project management and
collaboration are useful to all grad students, whether they plan to pursue a
professorship or another career; the same holds true for transparent
discussion about the job market and more systematic teaching about the
changing ecosystem of scholarly publishing. The data from the study will
provide a much more solid base than mere anecdote where institutional
structures are concerned.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on the need for doctoral program reform ---
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#DoctoralProgramChange
"The Dissertation Can No Longer Be Defended," by Stacey Patton,
Chronicle of Higher Education, February 11, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/The-Dissertation-Can-No-Longer/137215/
The dissertation is broken, many scholars agree. So
now what?
Rethinking the academic centerpiece of a graduate
education is an obvious place to start if, as many people believe, Ph.D.
programs are in a state of crisis. Universities face urgent calls to reduce
the time it takes to complete degrees, reduce attrition, and do more to
prepare doctoral candidates for nonacademic careers, as students face rising
debt and increased competition for a shrinking number of tenure-track jobs.
As a result, many faculty and administrators wonder
if now may finally be the time for graduate programs to begin to modernize
on a large scale and move beyond the traditional, book-length dissertation.
That scholarly opus, some say, lingers on as a
stubborn relic that has limited value to many scholars' careers and,
ultimately, might just be a big waste of time.
"It takes too long. It's too isolating," says
William Pannapacker, an associate professor of English at Hope College and a
critic of graduate education who writes frequently for The Chronicle.
Producing a dissertation is particularly poor preparation, he adds, for
graduates whose first jobs are outside of academe—now roughly half of new
Ph.D.'s with postgraduation employment commitments. "It's a hazing ritual
passed down from another era, retained because the Ph.D.'s before us had to
do it."
Scholars cite numerous reasons for why the
dissertation is outdated and should no longer be a one-size-fits-all model
for Ph.D. students.
Completing a dissertation can take four to seven
years because students are typically required by their advisers to pore over
minutiae and learn the ins and outs of preceding scholarly debates before
turning to the specific topic of their own work. Dissertations are often so
specialized and burdened with jargon that they are incomprehensible to
scholars from other disciplines, much less applicable to the broader public.
The majority of dissertations, produced in paper
and ink, ignore the interactive possibilities of a new-media culture. And
book-length monographs don't always reflect students' career goals or let
them demonstrate skills transferable beyond the borders of academe.
Nontraditional
Approaches
Some universities have started to make changes.
Graduate programs in history, literature, philosophy, anthropology, and
sociology the City University of New York, Michigan State University, and
the University of Virginia, among other campuses, have put significant
amounts of money into digital-humanities centers and new-media and
collaborative research programs that can support students who want to work
on nontraditional dissertations. They hold digital boot camps and have hired
faculty with the expertise to train graduate students who want to do digital
work.
Others allow students to write three or four
publishable articles instead of one book-length text. Or they encourage
students to shape their dissertations for public consumption. History
students at Texas State University and Washington State University, for
example, work on projects that can be useful to museums, historical
societies, and preservation agencies.
Some graduate programs allow students to work
collaboratively. Doctoral students in history at Emory University and
Stanford University, among others, work together on projects with help from
faculty, lab assistants, computer technicians, and geographers, who use
digital techniques like infrared scans and geolocation mapping to build
interactive maps that, for example, tell the history of cities and important
events in visually creative ways.
These programs seek not only to move students
beyond the single-author monograph but also to improve upon the isolating
dissertation experience and to replace the hierarchical committee structure
with the project-management style of collaboration that is required by many
employers.
"The economic realities of academic publishing,
coupled with exciting interpretive and methodological possibilities inherent
in new media and digital humanities, mean that the day of the dissertation
as a narrowly focused proto-book are nearly over," Bethany Nowviskie,
director of digital research and scholarship at the University of Virginia
Library, said in an e-mail.
While such efforts to modernize and digitize the
dissertation are good, they do not go far enough to revamp doctoral
education, many scholars say. To reduce time to degree and make other key
improvements, they argue, broader changes in need to be considered.
"You can't separate the dissertation from its
context," says William Kelly, president of CUNY's Graduate Center. "We need
to look at the degree as a whole and be student-centered."
Faculty and administrators, he says, should find
ways to help students move more efficiently through graduate school from Day
1. Changes in the dissertation process are key, including focusing course
requirements and exams more squarely on preparing students to write those
dissertations, as long as that task remains necessary.
To help more students complete their Ph.D.
programs, and to do so more quickly, CUNY has unveiled a five-year
fellowship program that will aid 200 new doctoral students. Participants
will have their teaching obligations reduced from two courses to one course
per semester during their second, third, and fourth years. Their annual
stipends will be increased to $25,000 from $18,000, in the hope that they
will spend less time on teaching, grading papers, and outside work, and more
on their own research.
The graduate center will also reduce enrollment
across its graduate programs by one-fourth by 2015, to put more resources
toward helping students succeed. CUNY now enrolls 4,200 doctoral students.
At the University of Washington, starting this
fall, students in a doctoral program in Hispanic studies will be required to
enroll in a new course that will help guide them in beginning preliminary
work on their dissertation prospectus. They will also be trained in public
forms of scholarship, so that their work will be more attractive to
employers outside higher education.
The program will also alter exams, to make them
directly relevant to students' dissertations. The tests will comprise three
elements: an annotated bibliography of the books that are relevant to
student's research projects, a 10- to 15-page dissertation prospectus, and a
90-minute oral exam.
Stanford has recently proposed changes in its
dissertation requirements, in an effort to reduce the time that students
spend in Ph.D. programs to five years, from an average of nine years now.
The plans include adopting a four-quarter system and providing students with
financial support during the summer, so they can use that time to make
progress on their dissertations.
Departments would be required to provide clearer
guidelines about writing dissertations and to offer students alternatives to
the traditional format, so that their academic work will match up with their
career goals. Advisers would be called on to do a better job of providing
students with timely and effective feedback.
A 21st-Century
Dissertation
To the extent that dissertations have changed
already, technological advances have been largely responsible. The rise of
the digital humanities has opened up new interpretive and methodological
possibilities for scholars and has challenged conventional understandings of
the dissertation. Graduate students looking to take advantage of the
interactivity of online platforms are doing digital dissertations that
integrate film clips, three-dimensional animation, sound, and interactive
maps.
One of those students is Sarita I. Alami, a
fifth-year doctoral student in the history department at Emory. She is
looking at the rise and fall of American prison newspapers from 1912 to 1980
and how prisoners used journalism to shape their experiences behind bars.
Many novels and memoirs about prison life have been written for people
outside prison. But Ms. Alami wants to provide a lens into prison culture
through the words of inmates themselves, particularly how they discussed
prison conditions and national and international politics.
She has done the usual work of reading scholarly
articles and books. She's spent time in prison archives analyzing thousands
of newspapers to see how their coverage changed over time. But she is also
taking advantage of a digital microfiche scanner that Emory recently
acquired. Its algorithmic software processes large amounts of text and
returns useful keywords, allowing her to better analyze prisoners' use of
language over time.
For example, at the height of the black-power era,
she saw the use of words like "pig," "whitey," and "solidarity." "That was
black-power rhetoric centered around prison activism," she says, "and it
captures the anger, prison revolts, and rashes of violence discussed by
outside media."
Much of her work, while taking advantage of new
methods of analysis, will still result in a text-heavy, book-length
document. But a big component of her dissertation, she says, will be a
searchable online repository of prison periodicals, graphs, online exhibits,
and explanatory text. On a
Web site, she is
documenting her research experience and introducing others to new digital
tools.
Amanda Visconti, a doctoral student in her third
year at the University of Maryland at College Park, entered the graduate
program in English with a background in Web development, information
studies, and user testing. She hasn't yet started on her dissertation—which
will be digital—but has experimented with a prototype digital edition of
Ulysses, which allows users to read the novel's first two episodes with
explanatory annotations and images that appear when the reader moves his or
her mouse over words that might be confusing.
"Digital editions do a lot of things, but I'm
interested in making them more participatory, meaning that readers get an
interactive, engaged experience instead of a passive reading experience,"
Ms. Visconti says. "Producing a traditional, book-style dissertation
wouldn't help me do the scholarly work I need to do. And it wouldn't present
that work to others in a way they could test, use, and benefit from."
Alex Galarza, a fourth-year Ph.D. student in
history at Michigan State, is working on a digital dissertation on soccer
clubs of the 1950s and 60s in Buenos Aires, examining how they were
connected to political, economic, and social changes in the city. Rather
than produce a written text that readers would engage with only passively,
he wants people to be able to interact with his work, to dig behind his
documents to see the sources he's using and draw their own conclusions.
A more traditional approach to his dissertation, he
says, wouldn't provide an experience nearly as collaborative. He and a
faculty mentor created the
Football Scholars Forum,
an online "scholarly think tank" that includes a group library, film
database, audio archive, academic directory, syllabus repository, and online
forum where researchers discuss monographs, articles, films, and pedagogy.
Mr. Galarza is a graduate fellow at Michigan
State's digital-humanities center, which has 15 full-time employees, and he
has received $2,000 in travel grants to attend digital-humanities workshops.
Other than the scholars he meets at digital-humanities conference circuits
and institutes, though, he doesn't hear many graduate students talk about
incorporating digital methods into their dissertations. Most of his peers,
he says, are neither exposed to those methods nor encouraged to try them.
Had he not received encouragement from faculty
mentors at Michigan State, he says, he, too, probably would be writing a
traditional dissertation. "If you don't have a program, mentor, and peers
that are demonstrating that these are real possibilities," he says, "then
it's hard to part from what everyone else around you and what your adviser
tells you to do."
Barriers to
Change
If most people agree that, after decades of debate,
it's time to finally do more to revamp the dissertation, then why isn't such
change widespread? The majority of graduate students are still sticking to
the monograph version of the dissertation, producing static texts that are
hundreds of pages in length and take roughly five or six years to complete.
The barriers to change are many, faculty members
say. Graduate students themselves are part of the time-to-degree problem.
More and more Ph.D. candidates intentionally linger in departments, in order
to write exquisite theses, which they hope will help them stand out in a
brutal job market.
What's more, many programs are behind the curve on
technology, and many do not have professors with the skills to train
students to do digital dissertations. On more than a few campuses, little,
if any, technical support or clear guidelines exist for students doing
digital dissertations. Nor do the usual dissertation books and workshops
provide much help to those students.
Meanwhile, some scholars say the traditional
approaches to the dissertation aren't necessarily in need of overhaul at
all, even if digital and other nontraditional formats may be preferable for
some projects. Anthony T. Grafton, a historian at Princeton University,
argues that some of the proposals for changing the dissertation and reducing
time to degree could affect the quality of students' projects.
"For me, the dissertation makes intellectual sense
only as a historian's quest to work out the problem that matters most to him
or her, an intellectual adventure whose limits no one can predict," he says.
"There's no way to know in advance how long that will take. Cut down the
ambition and scale, and much of the power of the exercise is lost."
Many other professors say that until the tenure
process no longer requires the publication of book-length works, scholars in
the pipeline will continue to follow the traditional formula for writing
dissertations. Some students complain that when they create a digital
dissertation, they must also produce a text version. Many campus libraries
have not ironed out the wrinkles in terms of submission, guidelines, and
repositories. And the extra work, of course, doesn't tend to lessen the time
to degree.
Ms. Visconti, the Maryland student, says she has
had to defend her decision to do a nontraditional dissertation to academics
who don't seem to think that digital projects on their own are scholarly
enough. Some people assume, she says, that projects like hers are just Web
sites where scholarship get published electronically; those professors don't
seem to understand how digital work can produce new tools for analysis that
allow researchers to ask new questions.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Much of this article is not relevant for science, engineering, accounting,
finance and other disciplines. What makes more sense in those disciplines is to
distinguish between dissertation research that is aimed at an academic
audience versus research that is aimed at a clinical audience such as
practitioners. Presently, doctoral students pretty much have to write a
dissertation for an academic audience. Accordingly, the practitioners in those
professions get shorted.
For example in accountancy a doctoral student might focus redesigning
internal controls for a particular in a company where auditors identified some
weaknesses in such controls in recent audits. This might be more of a case
method research study that currently is unacceptable in most accountics science
dominated accounting doctoral programs. There would still be a "dissertation"
write up, but it could be quite non-traditional with heavy modules of multimedia
such as security videos and their analysis along with writing of security
software code.
Essays on the Sad State of Academic Accounting Research ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm#Essays
Nine-year Tracks to a Humanities Ph.D.
"The 5-Year Humanities Ph.D.," by Scott Jaschik, Inside Higher Ed,
December 4, 2012 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2012/12/04/stanford-moves-ahead-plans-radically-change-humanities-doctoral-education
Complaints about doctoral education in the
humanities -- it takes too long, it's not leading to jobs, it's disjointed
-- are rampant. So too are periodic calls for radical reform.
But Stanford University is encouraging its
humanities departments to redesign humanities doctoral programs so that
students could finish in five years (down from the current average of seven
at the university and much longer elsewhere), and so that the programs
prepare students for careers in and out of academe. While the university is
not forcing departments to change, it last week gave all humanities
departments a request for proposals that offered a trade: departments that
give concrete plans to cut time to degree and change the curriculum will be
eligible for extra support -- in particular for year-round support for
doctoral students (who currently aren't assured of summer support throughout
their time as grad students). The plans would need to be measurable, and the
support would disappear if plans aren't executed.
While some Stanford faculty members in the
humanities have been speaking out about the need to reform humanities
programs for some time, and while a few universities elsewhere have
experimented with one or two programs, the Stanford initiative could shape
up to be the broadest yet to encourage substantial change in humanities
Ph.D. education.
And faculty members there say that by putting money
on the table, the university has many thinking that a five-year Ph.D. is
possible in the humanities -- and that it's worth the effort to try to make
it work. Because Stanford is a top research university, faculty members
there hope that their efforts could inspire other institutions to act -- or
risk losing their best prospective graduate students. After all, five years
in Palo Alto beats nine years (some of it building up debt) just about
anywhere else.
"I think this is fantastic," said Jennifer Summit,
a professor of English who is among the faculty members who have circulated
papers on how to reform doctoral education. "Change comes slowly in the
academy, but someone here said the other day that the way to herd cats is to
move the cat food. This is a perfect example of that. There are few
motivators more compelling to departments than the future of their graduate
students, and we're at a point now where we are in agreement about the
problem and the very high stakes, and need to move forward."
Cutting Time-to-Degree in Half
The discussions at Stanford have been closely
connected to national debates about the humanities doctorate. Russell A.
Berman, a professor of comparative literature and German studies at
Stanford,
used his address as Modern Language Association president in January to
call for humanities Ph.D. programs to have their duration cut in half. "In
light of the rate of educational debt carried by humanities doctoral
recipients, twice that of their peers in sciences or engineering; in light
of the lengthy time to degree in the humanities, reaching more than nine
years; and in light of the dearth of opportunities on the job market, the
system needs to be changed significantly," he said. The MLA has been
studying
the way dissertations are structured in languages and literature programs,
and will be
discussing the issue at its annual meeting in
January. Berman also joined
discussions back on his campus
about how to promote change.
In response to these discussions, Stanford issued
an RFP to humanities departments asking for proposals on specific issues.
One is time to degree, and here Stanford said that a five-year Ph.D. "ought
to be achievable."
The RFP outlined reasons why shorter completion
times are needed. "Extended time to degree can represent a significant drain
on institutional resources as well as major costs to students, both in the
form of indebtedness and postponed entry onto a career path. We ask programs
to examine the current structure of degree requirements in order to
determine what reforms might expedite degree completion. The answer will
likely vary across fields but might involve topics such as restructuring
curricular offerings, revising course requirements, modifying examinations,
improving the quality of mentoring, the clearer benchmarking of graduate
student progress, and revising dissertation expectations."
The other major issue on which departments were
asked to propose reforms was career preparation, and the RFP noted that not
all humanities Ph.D.s seek or find academic careers. "While models will
certainly vary across departments, possible responses might include enhanced
mentoring to highlight career ranges, speaker series with representatives of
different career paths, internships in different sectors, or integration of
applied dimensions of humanities fields into the core curriculum. We also
hope to see plans, on the departmental level, for robust career tracking of
alumni, not only in terms of first placements but also with regard to
longer-term career paths, e.g., tracking alumni 10 or 15 years post-degree."
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
It seems to me that more attention needs to be paid to why any Ph.D. program
tends to average more than five years to completion above and beyond attaining
and undergraduate or masters diploma. I suspect the main answer is that most
students in Ph.D. programs are not really full-time students. The reason is
largely economic. These students need part-time employment to pay family living
expenses even if the tuition is free. Medical schools and law schools are
exceptions. In those instances, the students generally have to be prepared for
full time curriculum demands.
In most instances doctoral students apart from law and medicine are employed
as adjunct instructors, teaching assistants, and research assistants. Some are
also employed part time off campus. Exceptions are students having their own
trust funds or students who can be supported by spouses or significant others.
Those students who really go full-bore in a doctoral program probably do
graduate in five years and often fewer years.
Full-time students who never taught courses or served as teaching assistants
and research assistants probably are missing major components of a full doctoral
program. But if these are factored into a five-year doctoral program something
has to give in the curriculum. Some humanities faculty, especially modern
language faculty, propose cutting back on the capstone thesis requirement.
There are possible compromises. In the 1960s, Carnegie-Mellon doctoral theses
tended to be a compilation of term papers written in pevious doctoral courses.
The idea was to start the program with a thesis proposal and then integrate the
course term papers into that thesis along the way.
The problem is, that it really is tough to propose a thesis at the beginning
of a doctoral program --- putting the cart before the horse.
"The Radical New Humanities Ph.D.," by Kaustuv Basu, Inside Higher
Ed, May 16, 2012 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2012/05/16/rethinking-humanities-phd
The
warning
last year from Russell Berman, who at the time was
president of the Modern Language Association, was apocalyptic: If doctoral
programs in the humanities do not reduce the time taken to graduate, they
will become unaffordable and face extinction.
Now, Berman has taken his ideas home. At Stanford
University, where he is a professor of comparative literature and directs
the German studies program, he and five other professors at the university
have produced
a paper that calls for a major rethinking at
Stanford -- a reduction in the time taken to graduate by Ph.D. candidates in
the humanities, and preparing them for careers within and beyond the
academy. The professors at Stanford aren't just talking about shaving a year
or so off doctoral education, but cutting it down to four or five years --
roughly half the current time for many humanities students.
The Stanford professors aren’t alone in pushing
this kind of thinking. The Department of Comparative Literature at Harvard
University, for example, is already testing some ideas, and so is the
University of Minnesota. The initiatives at all three places, whether
proposed or in its infancy, involve changing academic culture and university
policies to refashion the humanities Ph.D. The University of Colorado at
Boulder recently announced
a four-year Ph.D. in German studies, consistent
with the principles being discussed at Stanford, although the Colorado
effort applies to one small program while the Stanford and Minnesota
initiatives are much broader.
The Stanford document proposes a scenario where
students decide on a career plan -- academic or nonacademic -- they want to
embark on by the end of their second-year of graduate study, file the plan
with their department, and then prepare projects and dissertation work that
would support that career. Similarly, departments have to help students make
realistic career choices at the end of the second year of graduate study,
and advise students regularly. “…[T]hey should aim to balance academic
training in a particular discipline and field with the provision of broader
professional perspectives that may extend beyond the traditional academic
setting,” the document said.
This would represent a dramatic shift from the
current norm, whereby many humanities grad students say that their entire
program is designed for an academic career, and that they only start to
consider other options when they are going on the job market -- a bit late
to shape their preparation for nonacademic options.
According to the document, one way to speed up time
to degree would be to include “four-quarter” support for students instead of
unfunded summers, currently the standard for many humanities Ph.D. programs.
Gabriella Safran, a professor of Slavic languages and literature at
Stanford, who also worked with Berman to create the proposal, said the key
might be to anticipate when Ph.D. candidates are getting bogged down and
respond to the issue earlier. “A better use of time might be to use the
summers more effectively. Right now, I think there are too many unfunded
summers when students don’t make progress,” she said.
Berman, who said that the recent document was
mostly an effort directed at administrators to “reform degree trajectories,"
believes that time to degree can be reduced to four or five years. “The
study of the humanities need to be accessible and cheap. And we have to
become more transparent about our placement records,” he said.
The document said that departments should have
suitable plans in terms of curriculum, examination schedule, and
dissertation that will help speed up time to degree. “Scholarly fields have
widened, and added a lot of expectations,” Berman said.
He emphasized the need to amplify success stories
of students who have ventured beyond the academic world. “We should be
telling all their stories,” said Berman, who is also chairing a MLA
task-force on the future of the doctorate in the languages and literature.
David Damrosch, a professor of comparative
literature at Harvard University, said that Ph.D. students and professors in
his department have been thinking more carefully about coursework. “Very
often, students drift for extended periods,” he said. Frequent meetings with
dissertation committee members are helpful, he said. “All this result in
fewer incompletes in coursework … and more consistent progress in the
dissertations,” said Damrosch.
“In anthropological terms, academia is more of a
shame culture than a guilt culture: you may feel some private guilt at
letting a chapter go unread for two or three months, but a much stronger
force would be the public shame you'd feel at coming unprepared to a meeting
with two of your colleagues,” he said. “It’s also ultimately a labor-saving
device for the faculty as well as the student, as the dissertation can
proceed sooner to completion and with less wasted effort for all
concerned….” With frequent meetings, the students doesn’t lose time on
“unproductive lines of inquiry” or “tangential suggestions tossed out by a
single adviser,” Damrosch said.
A two-hour oral exam, meetings each semester with
“dissertation-stage” students and their committee members, and clearer
feedback for students are part of the graduate program in the comparative
literature department now. “We also introduced a monthly forum for students
to share and discuss their own work; and an ambitious series of professional
development talks, on everything from article submission to dissertation
planning to alternative careers,” Damrosch said.
The University of Minnesota is also taking a fresh
look at its Ph.D. programs. Henning Schroeder, vice provost and dean of the
graduate school at the university, said that professors and administrators
have been discussing how to give the Ph.D. a narrower focus. “How much
coursework do students need before they engage in scholarly research?” he
asked.
Getting students into a “research mode” earlier
helps save time, Schroeder said. “The question is also, what can we do at
the administrative level?” he said. The university has promoted discussion
on best practices on advising, and also how the “prelim-oral” -- a test
students take before writing their dissertations – can delay research. The
university now lets students get credit for research work before the oral
examination, in an effort to allow for more flexibility in curriculums and
to reduce time to degree.
Debra Satz, senior associate dean for the
humanities at Stanford and a professor of philosophy, said that too many
students end up spending six to eight years in the Ph.D. program. “There is
no correlation between taking a longer time to degree and getting a job in
an academic humanities department,” she said. And ultimately, she said, how
can the length of time taken by a Ph.D. be justified if the person has to
reinvent or retool at the end to be employed?
The discussions should not only be about new career
paths and the time taken to graduate, but about how to implement change
without affecting the quality of the programs, Satz said. “Many ideas have
been floated: creating paths for our humanities Ph.D.s to high school
teaching, creating paths to the high technology industry, thinking about
careers in public history, and so on,” she said.
And while it is too early to see definite results
from these institutions, many believe that the timing is right.
Anaïs Saint-Jude, director of the
BiblioTech
program – which seeks to bridge the gulf between doctoral humanities
candidates at Stanford and jobs outside academe, including those in the tech
world -- believes that all this is happening because this is a pivotal
moment in higher education. “It was kindling that was ready to be ignited….
We started talking about it, and it created such momentum that we were able
to create a veritable program,” Saint-Jude said, referring to the BiblioTech
program that began in 2011. Part of the program’s vision includes trying to
change the mindset of academics and non-academics alike. “It is about
garnering the trust of industry leaders, and trying to break apart and think
differently,” she said. The program’s annual conference last week included
venture capitalists as well as executives from Google and Overstock.com.
Continued in article
An English professor worries as his daughter decides
to seek a Ph.D. in his discipline.
"Following the Family Trade," by David Chapman, Chronicle of Higher
Education, December 12. 2012 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/Following-the-Family-Trade/136223/
The Old English "ceapman" wandered from village to
village, peddling his wares from a bag or pushcart. Like all medieval
trades, it was expected that the children would take over the family
business from the parents, and Ceapman the Elder begat Ceapman the Younger.
From that trade name came the common surname "Chapman," which I myself bear
from some ancient unknown ancestor. And since, at some point, "chapmen" were
identified particularly with the selling of cheap pamphlets or small
books—"chapbooks"—it seems a particularly fitting name for an English
professor.
I had, of course, no idea that my daughter would
choose to follow in the same profession as my own. It is true that there are
pictures of me reading to her in utero, and that we bought her countless
books in her early childhood. But this was true for her brother as well, and
he always felt that classic literary works were the curse of a malicious god
on unsuspecting children.
In college, when my daughter decided to major in
English, I experienced both joy and apprehension. Of course, I was pleased
to be a part of her discovery of so many works that had enriched my own
life. And we shared that secret knowledge that was at the heart of the
medieval guild. We instantly understood why someone would wear a T-shirt
that said, "My mother is a fish." Spending a long afternoon in a good used
bookstore seemed like nirvana to both of us. We watched film adaptations
with the studious eye of experienced critics: "Can you believe they chose
her to play Jane Eyre? Did the screenwriters actually read
A Christmas Carol?" We were literary soulmates.
But I also had misgivings about what following her
father's trade might mean to her economic future. Sure, it was fine for me
to break away from my father's path—engineering—to pursue what I loved, but
I didn't want my daughter to worry constantly about making ends meet as I
had through graduate school and into my early years of teaching. Back then,
our idea of splurging was buying a boxed pizza at the grocery store and
renting a move on videotape. We clipped coupons, cut corners, and prayed
that the car wouldn't break down. When the liner came loose on the roof of
my old station wagon, I used thumb tacks to hold it in place and kept on
driving. The shiny tacks on the billowing red liner made it look like a
rolling Victorian bordello.
In spite of my dire warnings about poverty and
unemployment, my daughter decided to pursue a doctoral degree in English
with the hope of eventually landing a college teaching job. When she kept
getting a steady stream of doomsday articles about employment prospects for
college English teachers from everyone she knew (including her father), she
naturally grew a little defensive. She recently wrote to me explaining her
reason for persisting despite all the negative publicity:
"I am reminded of a scene in Tootsie where
Dustin Hoffman is auditioning for a role and frantically saying, 'You want
taller? I can be taller!' I think as students we all hit a
hyper-obsessive mode where we scan each document we write [in job
applications] for minute changes and fret over every revision. We try to
possess some sort of psychic knowledge that will let us read between the
lines of every job ad. At the end of the day, however, I just try to remind
myself that first, I love what I do. Whether I get a job or not, I'm glad I
decided to study the Victorian novel. And secondly, if I don't get a job the
world does not end. As I often tell my students, there are so many
opportunities for English majors, and even more for Ph.D.'s. And if that
doesn't work, I could try to make a living as a castaway on a Pacific
island. Reading Robinson Crusoe 10 times should have prepared me
for something."
In an odd quirk of fate, my daughter is actually
earning her Ph.D. from the same university where I received my first
graduate degree. Since we moved away from that area before she was born, and
she grew up in an entirely different region of the country, I was quite
surprised when she made that choice. It certainly had nothing to do with any
influence I possessed since all of my former professors have either gone on
to their reward or entirely forgotten me. The young guns of the department
that I knew in the 1980s are now the Old Guard.
When I was a graduate student there, our classes
met on the edge of the campus in a renovated old house that lent a bohemian
air to the program. I remember my old technical-writing professor would
bring his dog to class and talk about everything from ancient Roman
engineering manuals to analytic philosophy. When the dog began to whimper
and scratch at the door, he was expressing openly what many of us were
feeling on the inside. The department brought in a steady stream of
outstanding poets like Seamus Heaney and William Stafford. It was the first
time I had met someone in person whose work had been anthologized, and I
didn't know whether to shake hands or bow down to them like some medieval
saint.
My daughter's classes meet in one of those
corporate-looking classroom buildings, the kind that could readily be
converted into a field hospital in a time of natural disaster. Her own
experiences, although uncolored by the haze of nostalgia, focus on people as
well:
"I think it's the personalities, both of the
faculty and my fellow students, that make graduate school so enjoyable for
me. I know that in a Victorian film class you can mock the movies
unceasingly, but you mustn't bring popcorn. I know that in an 18th-century
class if you're willing to take a position, you will be asked to defend it
both with the text and with a full range of historical knowledge. I know
that in the Milton class you may be asked to act or sculpt scenes from clay.
It will be those moments—the unique ones that defined a class or a person in
a way I wouldn't have expected—that will stay with me. The show-offs, the
long-winded lecturers, the theory-obsessed philosophers, and the impractical
dreamers will always be part of any university, but it was my friends and
teachers who immersed me in meaningful conversation around great books that
are my fondest memories."
I've been curious in my discussions with my
daughter about what has changed in the narrative of English studies over the
past 30 years. Having graduated during the Golden Age of continental theory,
when Derrida reigned on the Olympian heights of deconstructionism and Terry
Eagleton was his Hermes, I've been surprised to learn that there is no new
theorist that has dominated the profession in the way Derrida and Foucault
did in the 1980s, as Northrop Frye did in the 1950s, or Brooks and Warren in
the pre-WWII years. Perhaps a victim of its own deconstruction, English
studies has found, as Yeats prophesied, "the center will not hold." Of
course, there are certainly the remnants of New Historicism and
deconstruction, with a smattering of gender criticism, postcolonial studies,
digital humanities, ecocriticism, film studies, food studies, animal
studies, and so on. At times, it seems more like a cable television guide
than an academic discipline.
Continued in article
Some Things to Ponder When Choosing Between an Accounting Versus History
PhD ---
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#HistoryVsAccountancy
Bass professor of English Louis Menand is
a literary critic and intellectual and cultural historian—author of the
Pulitzer Prize-winning The Metaphysical Club and a regular contributor to
the New Yorker. He is also a scholar of his discipline (he co-edited the
modernism volume in the Cambridge History of Literary Criticism) and of the
very notion of the academy itself (Menand edited The Future of Academic
Freedom, 1997). His new book, The Marketplace of Ideas, to be published in
December by W.W. Norton, is informed in part by his recent service as
faculty co-leader in the development of Harvard College’s new General
Education curriculum, introduced this fall (the book is dedicated to his
colleagues in that protracted task).
In this work, Menand examines general
education, the state of the humanities, the tensions between disciplinary
and interdisciplinary work, and, in chapter four, “Why Do Professors All
Think Alike?” The following excerpts, from the third and fourth chapters and
his conclusion, probe the professionalization of a research-oriented
professoriate and the practice and consequences of contemporary doctoral
education, and the resulting implications for liberal-arts colleges,
universities, and the wider society. ~The Editors
It is easy to see how the modern academic
discipline reproduces all the salient features of the professionalized
occupation. It is a self-governing and largely closed community of
practitioners who have an almost absolute power to determine the standards
for entry, promotion, and dismissal in their fields. The discipline relies
on the principle of disinterestedness, according to which the production of
new knowledge is regulated by measuring it against existing scholarship
through a process of peer review, rather than by the extent to which it
meets the needs of interests external to the field. The history department
does not ask the mayor or the alumni or the physics department who is
qualified to be a history professor. The academic credential is
non-transferable (as every Ph.D. looking for work outside the academy
quickly learns). And disciplines encourage—in fact, they more or less
require—a high degree of specialization. The return to the disciplines for
this method of organizing themselves is social authority: the product is
guaranteed by the expertise the system is designed to create. Incompetent
practitioners are not admitted to practice, and incompetent scholarship is
not disseminated.
Since it is the system that ratifies the
product—ipso facto, no one outside the community of experts is qualified to
rate the value of the work produced within it—the most important function of
the system is not the production of knowledge. It is the reproduction of the
system. To put it another way, the most important function of the system,
both for purposes of its continued survival and for purposes of controlling
the market for its products, is the production of the producers. The
academic disciplines effectively monopolize (or attempt to monopolize) the
production of knowledge in their fields, and they monopolize the production
of knowledge producers as well. This is why, for example, you cannot take a
course in the law (apart from legal history) outside a law school. In fact,
law schools urge applicants to major in areas outside the law. They say that
this makes lawyers well-rounded, but it also helps to ensure that future
lawyers will be trained only by other lawyers. It helps lawyers retain a
monopoly on knowledge of the law.
Weirdly, the less social authority a
profession enjoys, the more restrictive the barriers to entry and the more
rigid the process of producing new producers tend to become. You can become
a lawyer in three years, an M.D. in four years, and an M.D.-Ph.D. in six
years, but the median time to a doctoral degree in the humanities
disciplines is nine years. And the more self-limiting the profession, the
harder it is to acquire the credential and enter into practice, and the
tighter the identification between the individual practitioner and the
discipline.
Disciplines are self-regulating in this
way for good academic freedom reasons. The system of credentialing and
specialization maintains quality and protects people within the field from
being interfered with by external forces. The system has enormous benefits,
but only for the professionals. The weakest professional, because he or she
is backed by the collective authority of the group, has an almost
unassailable advantage over the strongest non-professional (the so-called
independent scholar) operating alone, since the non-professional must build
a reputation by his or her own toil, while the professional’s credibility is
given by the institution. That is one of the reasons that people are willing
to pay the enormous price in time and income forgone it takes to get the
degree: the credential gives them access to the resources of scholarship and
to the networks of scholars that circulate their work around the world. The
non-academic writer or scholar is largely deprived of those things. This
double motive—ensuring quality by restricting access—is reflected in the
argument all professions offer as their justification: in order to serve the
needs of others properly, professions must be accountable only to
themselves.
A national conversation about the
condition and future of the Ph.D. has been going on for about 10 years. The
conversation has been greatly helped by two major studies: “Re-envisioning
the Ph.D.,” which was conducted by researchers at the University of
Washington, and “Ph.D.s—Ten Years Later,” which was carried out at Berkeley.
Both studies identified roughly the same areas where the investigators
thought that reform is desirable in doctoral education. These are:
interdisciplinarity, practical training, and time to degree.
The studies were necessary in part because
data on graduate education are notoriously difficult to come by. Until very
recently, departments tended not to track their graduate students very
assiduously. Departments knew how many students they admitted, and they knew
how many they graduated; but they did not have a handle on what happened in
between—that is, on where students were in their progress through the
program. This was partly because of the pattern of benign neglect that is
historically an aspect of the culture of graduate education in the United
States, and it was partly because when some students finish in four years
and other students in the same program finish in 12 years, there is really
no meaningful way to quantify what is going on. “Are you still here?” is a
thought that often pops into a professor’s head when she sees a vaguely
familiar face in the hall. “Yes, I am still here,” is the usual answer, “and
I’m working on that Incomplete for you.” There was also, traditionally, very
little hard information about where students went after they graduated.
Graduate programs today are increasingly asked to provide reports on job
placement—although, for understandable reasons, these reports tend to emit
an unnatural glow. An employed graduate, wherever he or she happens to be
working, is ipso facto a successfully placed graduate, and, at that moment,
departmental attention relaxes. What happens to people after their initial
placement is largely a matter of rumor and self-report.
English was one of the fields surveyed in
the two studies of the Ph.D. It is useful to look at, in part because it is
a large field where employment practices have a significance that goes
beyond courses for English majors. What the surveys suggest is that if
doctoral education in English were a cartoon character, then about 30 years
ago, it zoomed straight off a cliff, went into a terrifying fall, grabbed a
branch on the way down, and has been clinging to that branch ever since.
Things went south very quickly, not gradually, and then they stabilized.
Statistically, the state of the discipline has been fairly steady for about
25 years, and the result of this is a kind of normalization of what in any
other context would seem to be a plainly inefficient and intolerable
process. The profession has just gotten used to a serious imbalance between
supply and demand.
Up to half of all doctoral students in
English drop out before getting their degrees (something that appears to be
the case in doctoral education generally), and only about half of the rest
end up with the jobs they entered graduate school to get—that is, tenured
professorships. Over the three decades since the branch was grabbed, a kind
of protective shell has grown up around this process, a culture of
“realism,” in which exogenous constraints are internalized, and the very
conditions that make doctoral education problematic are turned into elements
of that education. Students are told from the very start, almost from the
minute they apply to graduate school, that they are effectively entering a
lottery. This has to have an effect on professional self-conception.
The hinge whereby things swung into their
present alignment, the ledge of the cliff, is located somewhere around 1970.
That is when a shift in the nature of the Ph.D. occurred. The shift was the
consequence of a bad synchronicity, one of those historical pincer effects
where one trend intersects with its opposite, when an upward curve meets a
downward curve. One arm of the pincer has to do with the increased
professionalization of academic work, the conversion of the professoriate
into a group of people who were more likely to identify with their
disciplines than with their campuses. This had two, contradictory effects on
the Ph.D.: it raised and lowered the value of the degree at the same time.
The value was raised because when institutions began prizing research above
teaching and service, the dissertation changed from a kind of final term
paper into the first draft of a scholarly monograph. The dissertation became
more difficult to write because more hung on its success, and the increased
pressure to produce an ultimately publishable work increased, in turn, the
time to achieving a degree. That was a change from the faculty point of
view. It enhanced the selectivity of the profession.
The change from the institutional point of
view, though, had the opposite effect. In order to raise the prominence of
research in their institutional profile, schools began adding doctoral
programs. Between 1945 and 1975, the number of American undergraduates
increased 500 percent, but the number of graduate students increased by
nearly 900 percent. On the one hand, a doctorate was harder to get; on the
other, it became less valuable because the market began to be flooded with
Ph.D.s.
This fact registered after 1970, when the
rapid expansion of American higher education abruptly slowed to a crawl,
depositing on generational shores a huge tenured faculty and too many
doctoral programs churning out Ph.D.s. The year 1970 is also the point from
which we can trace the decline in the proportion of students majoring in
liberal-arts fields, and, within that decline, a proportionally larger
decline in undergraduates majoring in the humanities. In 1970-71, English
departments awarded 64,342 bachelor’s degrees; that represented 7.6 percent
of all bachelor’s degrees, including those awarded in non-liberal-arts
fields, such as business. The only liberal-arts category that awarded more
degrees than English was history and social science, a category that
combines several disciplines. Thirty years later, in 2000-01, the number of
bachelor’s degrees awarded in all fields was 50 percent higher than in
1970-71, but the number of degrees in English was down both in absolute
numbers—from 64,342 to 51,419—and as a percentage of all bachelor’s degrees,
from 7.6 percent to around 4 percent.
Fewer students major in English. This
means that the demand for English literature specialists has declined. Even
if a department requires, say, a course in eighteenth-century literature of
its majors, the fact that there are fewer majors means that there is less
demand for eighteenth-century specialists. But although the average number
of credit hours devoted to courses in English literature has gone down over
the last 20 years, the number-one subject, measured by the credit hours that
students devote to it, has remained the same. That subject is English
composition. Who teaches that? Not, mainly, English Ph.D.s. Mainly,
ABDs—graduate students who have completed all but their dissertations. There
is a sense in which the system is now designed to produce ABDs.
The same trend can be observed in most of
the liberal-arts fields. In 1971, 24,801 students received bachelor’s
degrees in mathematics and statistics, about 3 percent of all bachelor’s
degrees. In 2001, there were 11,171 undergraduate degrees in those fields,
less than 1 percent of the total number. Again, it is not that students do
not take math; it is that fewer students need specialized courses in
mathematics, which are the courses that graduate students are trained to
teach. There was a similar fall-off in bachelor’s degrees awarded in the
social sciences and history. There was upward movement in only two major
liberal-arts areas: psychology and the life sciences. American higher
education has been expanding, but the liberal arts part of the system has
been shrinking.
The Berkeley study, “Ph.D.s—Ten Years
Later,” was based on lengthy questionnaires sent to just under 6,000 people,
in six fields, who received Ph.D.s between 1982 and 1985. One of those
fields was English. People who received their Ph.D.s in English between 1982
and 1985 had a median time to degree of 10 years. A third of them took more
than 11 years to finish, and the median age at the time of completion was
35. By 1995, 53 percent of those with Ph.D.s that had been awarded from 10
to 15 years earlier had tenure; another 5 percent were in tenure-track
positions. This means that about two-fifths of English Ph.D.s were
effectively out of the profession as it is usually understood. (Some of
these people were non-tenure-track faculty, and some were educational
administrators. Most of the rest worked in what is called BGN—business,
government, and NGOs.) Of those who had tenure, less than a fifth had
positions in the kind of research universities in which they had been
trained—that is, about 5 percent of all English Ph.D.s. Ph.D.s who began in
a tenure-track position took an average of 6.1 years to get tenure. Ph.D.s
who began in non-tenure track positions but who eventually received tenure,
which about half did, took an average of 8.1 years to get tenure.
The placement rate for Ph.D.s has
fluctuated. Between 1989 and 1996, the number of starting positions
advertised in history dropped 11 percent; in art and art history, 26
percent; in foreign languages, 35 percent; and in political science, 37
percent. Yet every year during that period, universities gave out more
Ph.D.s than they had the year before. It was plain that the supply curve had
completely lost touch with the demand curve in American academic life. That
meant if not quite a lost generation of scholars, a lost cohort. This was a
period that coincided with attacks on the university for “political
correctness,” and it is not a coincidence that many of the most prominent
critics of academia were themselves graduate-school dropouts: Dinesh
D’Souza, Roger Kimball, Richard Bernstein, David Lehman. Apart from their
specific criticisms and their politics, they articulated a mood of
disenchantment with the university as a congenial place to work.
There were efforts after 1996 to cut down
the size of doctoral programs, with apparently some positive effect on the
job market. But time-to-degree numbers did not improve. In the sixties, the
time-to-degree as a registered student was about 4.5 years in the natural
sciences and about six years in the humanities. The current median time to
degree in the humanities is nine years. That does not include what is called
stop-time, which is when students take a leave or drop out for a semester or
longer. And it obviously does not take into account students who never
finish. It is not nine years from the receipt of the bachelor’s degree,
either; it is nine years as a registered student in a graduate program. The
median total time it takes to achieve a degree in the humanities including
stop-time is 11.3 years. In the social sciences, it is 10 years, or 7.8 as a
registered student. In the natural sciences, time-to-degree as a registered
student is just under seven years. If we put all these numbers together, we
get the following composite: only about half of the people who enter
doctoral programs in English finish them, and only about half of those who
finish end up as tenured faculty, the majority of them at institutions that
are not research universities. An estimate of the total elapsed time from
college graduation to tenure would be somewhere between 15 and 20 years. It
is a lengthy apprenticeship.
That it takes longer to get a Ph.D. in the
humanities than it does in the social or natural sciences (although those
fields also have longer times-to-degree than they once did) seems anomalous,
since normally a dissertation in the humanities does not require extensive
archival, field, or laboratory work. William Bowen and Neil Rudenstine, in
their landmark study In Pursuit of the Ph.D., suggested that one reason for
this might be that the paradigms for scholarship in the humanities have
become less clear. People are uncertain just what research in the humanities
is supposed to constitute, and graduate students therefore spend an
inordinate amount of time trying to come up with a novel theoretical twist
on canonical texts or an unusual contextualization. Inquiry in the
humanities has become quite eclectic without becoming contentious. This
makes it a challenge for entering scholars to know where to make their mark.
The conclusion of the researchers who
compiled the statistics on English Ph.D.s for the Berkeley study was, See?
It’s not so bad! The reason they give for this is the reason that is often
heard when the issues of time-to-degree and job placement are raised, which
is that most people who get Ph.D.s, whether they end up teaching or not,
report high job satisfaction. (Job satisfaction is actually higher among
Ph.D.s with non-academic careers than it is among academics, partly because
spousal problems—commuting marriages—are not as great outside academia.) And
the majority say that they do not regret the time they spent in graduate
school (although they have a lot of complaints about the quality of the
mentorship they received). Students continue to check into the doctoral
motel, and they don’t seem terribly eager to check out. They like being in a
university, and, since there is usually plenty of demand for their quite
inexpensive teaching, universities like having them. Business is good. Where
is the problem?
The effort to reinvent the Ph.D. as a
degree qualifying people for non-academic as well as academic employment, to
make the degree more practical, was an initiative of the Woodrow Wilson
Foundation when it was headed by Robert Weisbuch. These efforts are a worthy
form of humanitarianism; but there is no obvious efficiency in requiring
people to devote 10 or more years to the mastery of a specialized area of
scholarship on the theory that they are developing skills in research, or
critical thinking, or communication. Professors are not themselves, for the
most part, terribly practical people, and practical skills are not what they
are trained to teach. They are trained to teach people to do what they do
and to know what they know. Those skills and that knowledge are not
self-evidently transferable. The ability to analyze Finnegans Wake does not
translate into an ability to analyze a stock offering. If a person wanted to
analyze stock offerings, he should not waste his time with Joyce. He should
go to business school. Or get a job analyzing stock offerings.
It may be that the increased
time-to-degree, combined with the weakening job market for liberal arts
Ph.D.s, is what is responsible for squeezing the profession into a single
ideological box. It takes three years to become a lawyer. It takes four
years to become a doctor. But it takes from six to nine years, and sometimes
longer, to be eligible to teach college students for a living. Tightening up
the oversight on student progress might reduce the time-to-degree by a
little, but as long as the requirements remain, as long as students in most
fields have general exams, field (or oral) exams, and monograph-length
dissertations, it is not easy to see how the reduction will be significant.
What is clear is that students who spend eight or nine years in graduate
school are being seriously over-trained for the jobs that are available. The
argument that they need the training to be qualified to teach undergraduates
is belied by the fact that they are already teaching undergraduates.
Undergraduate teaching is part of doctoral education; at many institutions,
graduate students begin teaching classes the year they arrive. And the idea
that the doctoral thesis is a rigorous requirement is belied by the quality
of most doctoral theses. If every graduate student were required to publish
a single peer-reviewed article instead of writing a thesis, the net result
would probably be a plus for scholarship.
One pressure on universities to reduce
radically the time-to-degree is simple humanitarianism. Lives are warped
because of the length and uncertainty of the doctoral education process.
Many people drop in and drop out and then drop in again; a large proportion
of students never finish; and some people have to retool at relatively
advanced ages. Put in less personal terms, there is a huge social
inefficiency in taking people of high intelligence and devoting resources to
training them in programs that half will never complete and for jobs that
most will not get. Unfortunately, there is an institutional efficiency,
which is that graduate students constitute a cheap labor force. There are
not even search costs involved in appointing a graduate student to teach.
The system works well from the institutional point of view not when it is
producing Ph.D.s, but when it is producing ABDs. It is mainly ABDs who run
sections for lecture courses and often offer courses of their own. The
longer students remain in graduate school, the more people are available to
staff undergraduate classes. Of course, overproduction of Ph.D.s also
creates a buyer’s advantage in the market for academic labor. These
circumstances explain the graduate-student union movement that has been
going on in higher education since the mid 1990s.
But the main reason for academics to be
concerned about the time it takes to get a degree has to do with the barrier
this represents to admission to the profession. The obstacles to entering
the academic profession are now so well known that the students who brave
them are already self-sorted before they apply to graduate school. A college
student who has some interest in further education, but who is unsure
whether she wants a career as a professor, is not going to risk investing
eight or more years finding out. The result is a narrowing of the
intellectual range and diversity of those entering the field, and a widening
of the philosophical and attitudinal gap that separates academic from
non-academic intellectuals. Students who go to graduate school already talk
the talk, and they learn to walk the walk as well. There is less ferment
from the bottom than is healthy in a field of intellectual inquiry.
Liberalism needs conservatism, and orthodoxy needs heterodoxy, if only in
order to keep on its toes.
And the obstacles at the other end of the
process, the anxieties over placement and tenure, do not encourage
iconoclasm either. The academic profession in some areas is not reproducing
itself so much as cloning itself. If it were easier and cheaper to get in
and out of the doctoral motel, the disciplines would have a chance to get
oxygenated by people who are much less invested in their paradigms. And the
gap between inside and outside academia, which is partly created by the
self-sorting, increases the hostility of the non-academic world toward what
goes on in university departments, especially in the humanities. The
hostility makes some disciplines less attractive to college students, and
the cycle continues.
The moral of the story that the numbers
tell once seemed straightforward: if there are fewer jobs for people with
Ph.D.s, then universities should stop giving so many Ph.D.s—by making it
harder to get into a Ph.D. program (reducing the number of entrants) or
harder to get through (reducing the number of graduates). But this has not
worked. Possibly the story has a different moral, which is that there should
be a lot more Ph.D.s, and they should be much easier to get. The
non-academic world would be enriched if more people in it had exposure to
academic modes of thought, and had thereby acquired a little understanding
of the issues that scare terms like “deconstruction” and “postmodernism” are
attempts to deal with. And the academic world would be livelier if it
conceived of its purpose as something larger and more various than
professional reproduction—and also if it had to deal with students who were
not so neurotically invested in the academic intellectual status quo. If
Ph.D. programs were determinate in length—if getting a Ph.D. were like
getting a law degree—then graduate education might acquire additional focus
and efficiency. It might also attract more of the many students who, after
completing college, yearn for deeper immersion in academic inquiry, but who
cannot envision spending six years or more struggling through a graduate
program and then finding themselves virtually disqualified for anything but
a teaching career that they cannot count on having.
It is unlikely that the opinions of the
professoriate will ever be a true reflection of the opinions of the public;
and, in any case, that would be in itself an unworthy goal. Fostering a
greater diversity of views within the professoriate is a worthy goal,
however. The evidence suggests that American higher education is going in
the opposite direction. Professors tend increasingly to think alike because
the profession is increasingly self-selected. The university may not
explicitly require conformity on more than scholarly matters, but the
existing system implicitly demands and constructs it.
My aim has been to throw some light from
history on a few problems in contemporary higher education. If there is a
conclusion to be drawn from this exercise, it might be that the academic
system is a deeply internalized one. The key to reform of almost any kind in
higher education lies not in the way that knowledge is produced. It lies in
the way that the producers of knowledge are produced. Despite
transformational changes in the scale, missions, and constituencies of
American higher education, professional reproduction remains almost exactly
as it was a hundred years ago. Doctoral education is the horse that the
university is riding to the mall. People are taught—more accurately, people
are socialized, since the process selects for other attributes in addition
to scholarly ability—to become expert in a field of specialized study; and
then, at the end of a long, expensive, and highly single-minded process of
credentialization, they are asked to perform tasks for which they have had
no training whatsoever: to teach their fields to non-specialists, to connect
what they teach to issues that students are likely to confront in the world
outside the university, to be interdisciplinary, to write for a general
audience, to justify their work to people outside their discipline and
outside the academy. If we want professors to be better at these things,
then we ought to train them differently.
Still, as is the case with every potential
reform in academic life, there are perils. The world of knowledge production
is a marketplace, but it is a very special marketplace, with its own
practices, its own values, and its own rules. A lot has changed in higher
education in the last 50 years. What has not changed is the delicate and
somewhat paradoxical relation in which the university stands to the general
culture. It is important for research and teaching to be relevant, for the
university to engage with the public culture and to design its investigative
paradigms with actual social and cultural life in view. That is, in fact,
what most professors try to do—even when they feel inhibited from saying so
by the taboo against instrumentalist and presentist talk. Professors teach
what they teach because they believe that it makes a difference. To continue
to do this, academic inquiry, at least in some fields, may need to become
less exclusionary and more holistic. That may be the road down which the
debates I have been describing are taking higher education.
But at the end of this road there is a
danger, which is that the culture of the university will become just an echo
of the public culture. That would be a catastrophe. It is the academic’s job
in a free society to serve the public culture by asking questions the public
doesn’t want to ask, investigating subjects it cannot or will not
investigate, and accommodating voices it fails or refuses to accommodate.
Academics need to look to the world to see what kind of teaching and
research needs to be done, and how they might better train and organize
themselves to do it. But they need to ignore the world’s demand that they
reproduce its self-image.
Reprinted from The Marketplace of Ideas by
Louis Menand. Copyright © 2009 by Louis Menand. With the permission of the
publisher, W.W. Norton & Company, Inc.
This material may not be reproduced,
rewritten, or redistributed without the prior written permission of the
publisher.
Fewer students major in English. This
means that the demand for English literature specialists has declined. Even
if a department requires, say, a course in eighteenth-century literature of
its majors, the fact that there are fewer majors means that there is less
demand for eighteenth-century specialists. But although the average number
of credit hours devoted to courses in English literature has gone down over
the last 20 years, the number-one subject, measured by the credit hours that
students devote to it, has remained the same. That subject is English
composition. Who teaches that? Not, mainly, English Ph.D.s. Mainly,
ABDs—graduate students who have completed all but their dissertations. There
is a sense in which the system is now designed to produce ABDs.
The same trend can be observed in most of
the liberal-arts fields. In 1971, 24,801 students received bachelor’s
degrees in mathematics and statistics, about 3 percent of all bachelor’s
degrees. In 2001, there were 11,171 undergraduate degrees in those fields,
less than 1 percent of the total number. Again, it is not that students do
not take math; it is that fewer students need specialized courses in
mathematics, which are the courses that graduate students are trained to
teach. There was a similar fall-off in bachelor’s degrees awarded in the
social sciences and history. There was upward movement in only two major
liberal-arts areas: psychology and the life sciences. American higher
education has been expanding, but the liberal arts part of the system has
been shrinking.
The Berkeley study, “Ph.D.s—Ten Years
Later,” was based on lengthy questionnaires sent to just under 6,000 people,
in six fields, who received Ph.D.s between 1982 and 1985. One of those
fields was English. People who received their Ph.D.s in English between 1982
and 1985 had a median time to degree of 10 years. A third of them took more
than 11 years to finish, and the median age at the time of completion was
35. By 1995, 53 percent of those with Ph.D.s that had been awarded from 10
to 15 years earlier had tenure; another 5 percent were in tenure-track
positions. This means that about two-fifths of English Ph.D.s were
effectively out of the profession as it is usually understood. (Some of
these people were non-tenure-track faculty, and some were educational
administrators. Most of the rest worked in what is called BGN—business,
government, and NGOs.) Of those who had tenure, less than a fifth had
positions in the kind of research universities in which they had been
trained—that is, about 5 percent of all English Ph.D.s. Ph.D.s who began in
a tenure-track position took an average of 6.1 years to get tenure. Ph.D.s
who began in non-tenure track positions but who eventually received tenure,
which about half did, took an average of 8.1 years to get tenure.
The placement rate for Ph.D.s has
fluctuated. Between 1989 and 1996, the number of starting positions
advertised in history dropped 11 percent; in art and art history, 26
percent; in foreign languages, 35 percent; and in political science, 37
percent. Yet every year during that period, universities gave out more
Ph.D.s than they had the year before. It was plain that the supply curve had
completely lost touch with the demand curve in American academic life. That
meant if not quite a lost generation of scholars, a lost cohort. This was a
period that coincided with attacks on the university for “political
correctness,” and it is not a coincidence that many of the most prominent
critics of academia were themselves graduate-school dropouts: Dinesh D’Souza,
Roger Kimball, Richard Bernstein, David Lehman. Apart from their specific
criticisms and their politics, they articulated a mood of disenchantment
with the university as a congenial place to work.
There were efforts after 1996 to cut down
the size of doctoral programs, with apparently some positive effect on the
job market. But time-to-degree numbers did not improve. In the sixties, the
time-to-degree as a registered student was about 4.5 years in the natural
sciences and about six years in the humanities. The current median time to
degree in the humanities is nine years. That does not include what is called
stop-time, which is when students take a leave or drop out for a semester or
longer. And it obviously does not take into account students who never
finish. It is not nine years from the receipt of the bachelor’s degree,
either; it is nine years as a registered student in a graduate program. The
median total time it takes to achieve a degree in the humanities including
stop-time is 11.3 years. In the social sciences, it is 10 years, or 7.8 as a
registered student. In the natural sciences, time-to-degree as a registered
student is just under seven years. If we put all these numbers together, we
get the following composite: only about half of the people who enter
doctoral programs in English finish them, and only about half of those who
finish end up as tenured faculty, the majority of them at institutions that
are not research universities. An estimate of the total elapsed time from
college graduation to tenure would be somewhere between 15 and 20 years. It
is a lengthy apprenticeship.
That it takes longer to get a Ph.D. in the
humanities than it does in the social or natural sciences (although those
fields also have longer times-to-degree than they once did) seems anomalous,
since normally a dissertation in the humanities does not require extensive
archival, field, or laboratory work. William Bowen and Neil Rudenstine, in
their landmark study In Pursuit of the Ph.D., suggested that one reason for
this might be that the paradigms for scholarship in the humanities have
become less clear. People are uncertain just what research in the humanities
is supposed to constitute, and graduate students therefore spend an
inordinate amount of time trying to come up with a novel theoretical twist
on canonical texts or an unusual contextualization. Inquiry in the
humanities has become quite eclectic without becoming contentious. This
makes it a challenge for entering scholars to know where to make their mark.
The conclusion of the researchers who
compiled the statistics on English Ph.D.s for the Berkeley study was, See?
It’s not so bad! The reason they give for this is the reason that is often
heard when the issues of time-to-degree and job placement are raised, which
is that most people who get Ph.D.s, whether they end up teaching or not,
report high job satisfaction. (Job satisfaction is actually higher among
Ph.D.s with non-academic careers than it is among academics, partly because
spousal problems—commuting marriages—are not as great outside academia.) And
the majority say that they do not regret the time they spent in graduate
school (although they have a lot of complaints about the quality of the
mentorship they received). Students continue to check into the doctoral
motel, and they don’t seem terribly eager to check out. They like being in a
university, and, since there is usually plenty of demand for their quite
inexpensive teaching, universities like having them. Business is good. Where
is the problem?
The effort to reinvent the Ph.D. as a
degree qualifying people for non-academic as well as academic employment, to
make the degree more practical, was an initiative of the Woodrow Wilson
Foundation when it was headed by Robert Weisbuch. These efforts are a worthy
form of humanitarianism; but there is no obvious efficiency in requiring
people to devote 10 or more years to the mastery of a specialized area of
scholarship on the theory that they are developing skills in research, or
critical thinking, or communication. Professors are not themselves, for the
most part, terribly practical people, and practical skills are not what they
are trained to teach. They are trained to teach people to do what they do
and to know what they know. Those skills and that knowledge are not
self-evidently transferable. The ability to analyze Finnegans Wake does not
translate into an ability to analyze a stock offering. If a person wanted to
analyze stock offerings, he should not waste his time with Joyce. He should
go to business school. Or get a job analyzing stock offerings.
It may be that the increased
time-to-degree, combined with the weakening job market for liberal arts
Ph.D.s, is what is responsible for squeezing the profession into a single
ideological box. It takes three years to become a lawyer. It takes four
years to become a doctor. But it takes from six to nine years, and sometimes
longer, to be eligible to teach college students for a living. Tightening up
the oversight on student progress might reduce the time-to-degree by a
little, but as long as the requirements remain, as long as students in most
fields have general exams, field (or oral) exams, and monograph-length
dissertations, it is not easy to see how the reduction will be significant.
What is clear is that students who spend eight or nine years in graduate
school are being seriously over-trained for the jobs that are available. The
argument that they need the training to be qualified to teach undergraduates
is belied by the fact that they are already teaching undergraduates.
Undergraduate teaching is part of doctoral education; at many institutions,
graduate students begin teaching classes the year they arrive. And the idea
that the doctoral thesis is a rigorous requirement is belied by the quality
of most doctoral theses. If every graduate student were required to publish
a single peer-reviewed article instead of writing a thesis, the net result
would probably be a plus for scholarship.
One pressure on universities to reduce
radically the time-to-degree is simple humanitarianism. Lives are warped
because of the length and uncertainty of the doctoral education process.
Many people drop in and drop out and then drop in again; a large proportion
of students never finish; and some people have to retool at relatively
advanced ages. Put in less personal terms, there is a huge social
inefficiency in taking people of high intelligence and devoting resources to
training them in programs that half will never complete and for jobs that
most will not get. Unfortunately, there is an institutional efficiency,
which is that graduate students constitute a cheap labor force. There are
not even search costs involved in appointing a graduate student to teach.
The system works well from the institutional point of view not when it is
producing Ph.D.s, but when it is producing ABDs. It is mainly ABDs who run
sections for lecture courses and often offer courses of their own. The
longer students remain in graduate school, the more people are available to
staff undergraduate classes. Of course, overproduction of Ph.D.s also
creates a buyer’s advantage in the market for academic labor. These
circumstances explain the graduate-student union movement that has been
going on in higher education since the mid 1990s.
But the main reason for academics to be
concerned about the time it takes to get a degree has to do with the barrier
this represents to admission to the profession. The obstacles to entering
the academic profession are now so well known that the students who brave
them are already self-sorted before they apply to graduate school. A college
student who has some interest in further education, but who is unsure
whether she wants a career as a professor, is not going to risk investing
eight or more years finding out. The result is a narrowing of the
intellectual range and diversity of those entering the field, and a widening
of the philosophical and attitudinal gap that separates academic from
non-academic intellectuals. Students who go to graduate school already talk
the talk, and they learn to walk the walk as well. There is less ferment
from the bottom than is healthy in a field of intellectual inquiry.
Liberalism needs conservatism, and orthodoxy needs heterodoxy, if only in
order to keep on its toes.
And the obstacles at the other end of the
process, the anxieties over placement and tenure, do not encourage
iconoclasm either. The academic profession in some areas is not reproducing
itself so much as cloning itself. If it were easier and cheaper to get in
and out of the doctoral motel, the disciplines would have a chance to get
oxygenated by people who are much less invested in their paradigms. And the
gap between inside and outside academia, which is partly created by the
self-sorting, increases the hostility of the non-academic world toward what
goes on in university departments, especially in the humanities. The
hostility makes some disciplines less attractive to college students, and
the cycle continues.
The moral of the story that the numbers
tell once seemed straightforward: if there are fewer jobs for people with
Ph.D.s, then universities should stop giving so many Ph.D.s—by making it
harder to get into a Ph.D. program (reducing the number of entrants) or
harder to get through (reducing the number of graduates). But this has not
worked. Possibly the story has a different moral, which is that there should
be a lot more Ph.D.s, and they should be much easier to get. The
non-academic world would be enriched if more people in it had exposure to
academic modes of thought, and had thereby acquired a little understanding
of the issues that scare terms like “deconstruction” and “postmodernism” are
attempts to deal with. And the academic world would be livelier if it
conceived of its purpose as something larger and more various than
professional reproduction—and also if it had to deal with students who were
not so neurotically invested in the academic intellectual status quo. If
Ph.D. programs were determinate in length—if getting a Ph.D. were like
getting a law degree—then graduate education might acquire additional focus
and efficiency. It might also attract more of the many students who, after
completing college, yearn for deeper immersion in academic inquiry, but who
cannot envision spending six years or more struggling through a graduate
program and then finding themselves virtually disqualified for anything but
a teaching career that they cannot count on having.
It is unlikely that the opinions of the
professoriate will ever be a true reflection of the opinions of the public;
and, in any case, that would be in itself an unworthy goal. Fostering a
greater diversity of views within the professoriate is a worthy goal,
however. The evidence suggests that American higher education is going in
the opposite direction. Professors tend increasingly to think alike because
the profession is increasingly self-selected. The university may not
explicitly require conformity on more than scholarly matters, but the
existing system implicitly demands and constructs it.
My aim has been to throw some light from
history on a few problems in contemporary higher education. If there is a
conclusion to be drawn from this exercise, it might be that the academic
system is a deeply internalized one. The key to reform of almost any kind in
higher education lies not in the way that knowledge is produced. It lies in
the way that the producers of knowledge are produced. Despite
transformational changes in the scale, missions, and constituencies of
American higher education, professional reproduction remains almost exactly
as it was a hundred years ago. Doctoral education is the horse that the
university is riding to the mall. People are taught—more accurately, people
are socialized, since the process selects for other attributes in addition
to scholarly ability—to become expert in a field of specialized study; and
then, at the end of a long, expensive, and highly single-minded process of
credentialization, they are asked to perform tasks for which they have had
no training whatsoever: to teach their fields to non-specialists, to connect
what they teach to issues that students are likely to confront in the world
outside the university, to be interdisciplinary, to write for a general
audience, to justify their work to people outside their discipline and
outside the academy. If we want professors to be better at these things,
then we ought to train them differently.
Still, as is the case with every potential
reform in academic life, there are perils. The world of knowledge production
is a marketplace, but it is a very special marketplace, with its own
practices, its own values, and its own rules. A lot has changed in higher
education in the last 50 years. What has not changed is the delicate and
somewhat paradoxical relation in which the university stands to the general
culture. It is important for research and teaching to be relevant, for the
university to engage with the public culture and to design its investigative
paradigms with actual social and cultural life in view. That is, in fact,
what most professors try to do—even when they feel inhibited from saying so
by the taboo against instrumentalist and presentist talk. Professors teach
what they teach because they believe that it makes a difference. To continue
to do this, academic inquiry, at least in some fields, may need to become
less exclusionary and more holistic. That may be the road down which the
debates I have been describing are taking higher education.
But at the end of this road there is a
danger, which is that the culture of the university will become just an echo
of the public culture. That would be a catastrophe. It is the academic’s job
in a free society to serve the public culture by asking questions the public
doesn’t want to ask, investigating subjects it cannot or will not
investigate, and accommodating voices it fails or refuses to accommodate.
Academics need to look to the world to see what kind of teaching and
research needs to be done, and how they might better train and organize
themselves to do it. But they need to ignore the world’s demand that they
reproduce its self-image.
Reprinted from The Marketplace of Ideas by
Louis Menand. Copyright © 2009 by Louis Menand. With the permission of the
publisher, W.W. Norton & Company, Inc.
This material may not be reproduced,
rewritten, or redistributed without the prior written permission of the
publisher.
. . .
Still, as is the case with every potential
reform in academic life, there are perils. The world of knowledge production
is a marketplace, but it is a very special marketplace, with its own
practices, its own values, and its own rules. A lot has changed in higher
education in the last 50 years. What has not changed is the delicate and
somewhat paradoxical relation in which the university stands to the general
culture. It is important for research and teaching to be relevant, for the
university to engage with the public culture and to design its investigative
paradigms with actual social and cultural life in view. That is, in fact,
what most professors try to do—even when they feel inhibited from saying so
by the taboo against instrumentalist and presentist talk. Professors teach
what they teach because they believe that it makes a difference. To continue
to do this, academic inquiry, at least in some fields, may need to become
less exclusionary and more holistic. That may be the road down which the
debates I have been describing are taking higher education.
But at the end of this road there is a
danger, which is that the culture of the university will become just an echo
of the public culture. That would be a catastrophe. It is the academic’s job
in a free society to serve the public culture by asking questions the public
doesn’t want to ask, investigating subjects it cannot or will not
investigate, and accommodating voices it fails or refuses to accommodate.
Academics need to look to the world to see what kind of teaching and
research needs to be done, and how they might better train and organize
themselves to do it. But they need to ignore the world’s demand that they
reproduce its self-image.
Continued in article
Type 5 programs are highly limited in number, especially programs that do not
require at least one or two years of onsite residency. But there are a few
programs such as the University of Colorado's online doctoral program in
pharmacy. I do not know of any major universities that offer a similar doctorate
in accounting and business.
Type 1, 2, and 3 programs are virtually frauds and are wasting the student's
money and perhaps her/his time.
A phony argument against Type 4 programs is that students enrolled in the
same program cannot learn from each other like students in onsite programs learn
from each other. About the only thing that students in Type 4 programs cannot do
is have beer together and otherwise socialize face-to-face. Communications
technology today makes it possible to get inside the head of a professor or a
student better than face-to-face in many instances.
In fact a student may graduate from a Type 4 program and become a better
teacher and/or researcher as a result of germination in a Type 4 program. But it
is misleading to say that starting opportunities are equivalent to a Type 5
Program doctoral degree. They are not equivalent, and it will be quite some time
before they have a chance of becoming equivalents.
The term "accreditation" is highly misleading. An online university that has
a regionally accredited undergraduate program does not make its doctoral program
accredited. In fact the same is true of onsite universities. For example, the
AACSB is the premiere accrediting body for colleges of business within major
colleges and universities. But the AACSB limits accreditation to undergraduate
and masters of business or accounting programs. The AACSB has never had an
accreditation program for doctoral programs within AACSB accredited colleges.
When it comes to doctoral programs, everything rides on the general
reputation and prestige of the entire university is the most important factor.
The reputation of the college or department offering the doctoral degree is the
second most important factor. What goes into that college's reputation is the
research reputation of the faculty involved in the doctoral program. Admissions
standards are also very, very important. Any doctoral program that is easy to
get into becomes suspect. This was especially the case of some major
universities that during some years admitted most military retirees who applied
as long as the applicant had 20 or more years of service with the military.
These programs generated some fine teachers for regional colleges, but the
market generally recognized that these graduates had little prospects of
establishing research reputations. I think most universities no longer give such
ease of admission to veterans.
Doctoral programs should probably be judged more on the quality of the
dissertations. Fortunately or unfortunately, many dissertations are pretty
well ignored unless papers published from them are accepted by major research
journals. A dissertation may be important for landing that first faculty job in
a prestigious college or university. This depends heavily on level of
competition. In fields like accounting and finance there is such a shortage of
doctoral graduates from major universities that applicants can usually get great
job offers before the quality of the dissertation can really be judged. Job
offers are frequently made in the very early stages of a mere dissertation
proposal subject to huge changes later on before the degree is granted. Sadly,
many great dissertation proposals are never carried to fruition.
Jensen Comment
Here's an example of one such "professional doctorate" program.
Grenoble Ecole
de Management's MBA program in France has AACSB accreditation of its MBA
program. Once again I remind readers that the AACSB has never accredited
doctoral programs in the U.S. or elsewhere.
The DBA program
(administered jointly with Newcastle University in the U.K) is apparently a
management technology doctoral program without tracks in functional fields like
accounting. I do not think there are any accounting DBA tracks such as you will
find in the Harvard Business School’s DBA program. I still do not know of any
respectable online doctoral programs in accounting. Of course some
Grenoble/Newcastle DBA students may have prior degrees and work experience in
accounting. Admission requires an MBA degree plus three years of qualified
business experience.
Purportedly
there are nearly 100 DBA candidates which would make this program larger than
most U.S. business doctoral programs. I would question the size of the program
relative to the size of the research faculty. No PhD students are reported to
date ---
http://www.businessweek.com/bschools/04/full_time_profiles/escgrenoble.htm
This is a joint DBA program in partnership with Newcastle University in the U.K.
---
http://www.ncl.ac.uk/nubs/postgrad/dba/
It is not clear
how many faculty are available to work closely with so many DBA students,
especially at the thesis stage where it is very difficult for a faculty member
to supervise more than two or three doctoral theses at any one time
You
can read the following at
http://www.grenoble-em.com/460-dba-with-university-of-newcastle-upon-tyne-business-school-2.aspx
Begin Quote
***************************
Delivery enables a work and study balance
·
a research portal based on a proven virtual learning
platform,
·
a wide range of e-journals and other on-line information and
data sources,
·
an e-portfolio system for managing reflective learning.
During the first part of the programme four workshops are shared between
Grenoble and Newcastle. This helps to maximise the sharing of ideas between
students and faculty and provides cross cultural and global insights.
Research Benefits
for Organisations
Each candidate conducts a doctoral thesis on a management of technology,
innovation or change issue which can be taken directly from their work
experience. Organisations sponsoring candidates can therefore benefit
directly from the research and study undertaken by their staff. Candidates
are able to draw upon the research expertise of senior academics from both
institutions. As research topics are usually based on organisations current
and anticipated needs, the research outcomes of the thesis can provide real
insight for the sponsoring organisation.
The DBA programme is structured to facilitate part-time study. Research
training is provided in four one week blocks and research supervision is
provided throughout the period. This innovative approach makes it easier for
students to combine demanding careers with their doctoral research. The
programme also provides a range of web-based resources including:
************************
End Quote
Online Doctoral Programs ---
http://www.distance-learning-college-guide.com/doctorate-degrees-online.html
There are several types of doctoral degrees online ---
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/crossborder.htm#CommercialPrograms
There are several types of doctoral degrees online:
- Diploma mills where you can simply buy a PhD and have a diploma
within a matter of days. Warnings about Type 1 programs can be found at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudReporting.htm#DiplomaMill
- Diploma frauds that give a lot of credit for life experience and
perhaps have some minimal course or paper writing assignments that in
reality are a sham. Warnings about Type 2 programs can be found at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudReporting.htm#DiplomaMill
- Diligent-effort programs that may require several years to complete
but admit virtually anybody and have dubious academic standards even
though a few teachers may try ever so hard to make it work. Warnings
about Type 3 programs can be found at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudReporting.htm#DiplomaMill
- Diligent-effort programs have some admission standards and varied
faculty participants that try to make the program respectable. Many of
these faculty participants are moonlighting in online doctoral programs
but are also full-time faculty in respected colleges and universities. A
listing of Type 4 doctoral programs is provided at
http://www.distance-learning-college-guide.com/doctorate-degrees-online.html
- Major universities that have extended their onsite doctoral programs
to online or partly online programs.
Type 5 programs are highly limited in number, especially programs that do
not require at least one or two years of onsite residency. But there are a
few programs such as the University of Colorado's online doctoral program in
pharmacy. I do not know of any major universities that offer a similar
doctorate in accounting and business.
Type 1, 2, and 3 programs are virtually frauds and are wasting the
student's money and perhaps her/his time.
Type 4 programs are problematic. They offer genuine learning
opportunities to students who, due to life's circumstances, are not able to
enroll in onsite programs. But Type 4 programs do not yet have the status of
degrees comparable with doctoral degrees of onsite programs of major
universities.
Continued in article
Nontraditional Doctoral Degree Programs: Some With No Courses
"New Ideas for Ph.D. Education," by Scott Jaschik, Inside Higher Ed,
August 18, 2006 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2006/08/18/grad
For educators and state officials who want to
reform doctoral education, “it’s easy if you just want to make it easier,”
said E. Garrison Walters, interim chancellor of the Ohio Board of Regents.
The challenge, he said, is to undertake reforms
that don’t sacrifice quality. “It’s difficult to keep the core values of a
Ph.D. and keep it flexible,” he said. Walters spoke this week at a
conference in Chicago of the State Higher Education Executive Officers — the
officials who approve new Ph.D. programs in their states and periodically
review such programs, sometimes with an eye toward saving money by
eliminating them.
At a session on new approaches to doctoral
education, state officials were briefed on two new approaches — both of
which were warmly received. One involves non-residential Ph.D. programs for
students who are older than most who earn doctorates. The other involves
doctoral programs that are run by more than one university — and that
sometimes cross state lines and public/private distinctions. Officials at
the meeting said they believed there was strong demand for both kinds of
programs, and wanted to find ways for their agencies to encourage such
innovations.
Laurien Alexandre, director of Antioch University’s
Ph.D. program in
leadership and change, said it was easy to see
that there is interest in the kind of non-traditional doctorate her
institution has created. The students are already far along in their careers
and lives — 85 percent are over 40, with many in their 50s and 60s — and
they don’t need the doctorate as a credential. “No one is coming at 55
because they need it for their job,” she said. “So why are people paying
$80,000 for a doctorate?”
Her answer is that Antioch’s doctoral students are
on an “evolved path” in which they are seeking to take their understandings
of organizations to a higher level, and want to conduct the kind of in-depth
research associated with doctoral programs. The program attracts students
from all over the country, who periodically meet in person at Antioch’s
campuses around the country, but conduct much of their work in close
collaboration with faculty members, who are also spread out around the
country and communicate with students via phone and videoconferencing.
The program is “courseless,” Alexandre said, and
students must demonstrate their competencies in knowledge and research
skills after completing “multiyear learning paths” that are supervised by
faculty members. Only then, Alexandre said, can they write their
dissertations. And while Alexandre clearly relishes the way Antioch is
“pushing the envelope” on most aspects of the program, she said that the
dissertation process is traditional: committees, chapters, defense, and so
forth. “The dissertation is the gold standard,” she said.
The concept underlying this approach, she said, is
“rigor without rigidity,” and that approach may be what it takes to
encourage doctoral education from older students. She noted that Antioch
just graduated its first students in the program and that retention rates
are well above the typically low rates for many Ph.D. programs.
If the Antioch model demonstrates flexibility
within a graduate program, two new biomedical engineering programs may
represent the ability of universities to be flexible in how they put
together a graduate program in a hot science field — and one that can be
expensive to support. One program joins forces of the
University of North
Carolina at Chapel Hill and North Carolina State University,
and the other combines offerings at
Virginia Tech with Wake
Forest University. Both programs have one
institution with a medical school (Chapel Hill and Wake Forest) and one
institution with an engineering school (N.C. State and Virginia Tech).
Stephen Knisley, director of the North Carolina
program, said that it grew out of a stand-alone program at Chapel Hill that
officials there felt would be strengthened with more ties to engineering. To
make the program effective, Knisley said, real partnerships are needed. That
means admissions decisions, curricular requirements and the like are all
decided jointly. And to really have students be able to move back and forth
to the two campuses, officials have also had to make sure they can get dual
ID cards, parking spaces, and access to all facilities. There are currently
103 graduate students in the program, and North Carolina hopes to double
that number in the next few years.
In a similar approach, Wake Forest and Virginia
Tech decide matters together — and have managed to do so even though the
former is private and the latter is a public university in another state.
Brian J. Love, a professor at Virginia Tech, noted that the two universities
don’t observe the same holidays or have the same class schedules, so
everything must be negotiated. “This program now has its own calendar,” he
said.
But he said that’s a small price to pay to have
combined resources that neither institution could otherwise create. “This
can really be a win-win situation.”
One difficulty such collaborations sometimes face
is with accreditation. Gail Morrison, interim executive director of the
South Carolina Commission on Higher Education, said that the Medical
University of South Carolina and the University of South Carolina recently
merged their pharmacy schools. While both entities had been accredited, they
needed an entirely new review, even though it seemed to Morrison that the
new school was clearly stronger than the two separate ones of the past.
Her story brought knowing nods from the audience of
state officials, several of whom said later that specialized accreditation
was a barrier to the kinds of collaboration being encouraged at the session.
Of course some collaborations don’t require any
accreditors’ approval. Morrison said that generally breaking down
institutional boundaries was a great way to encourage more efficiency and
that formal units aren’t always needed. For example, the state’s three
doctoral institutions are opening a building in Charleston that will bring
professors together. No outside approval needed.
Jensen Comment
The problem with the some of these is that, when students are allowed to
customize a curriculum, they often take the easiest way out. Success of these
nontraditional doctoral programs rests heavily upon admission standards for
getting into the programs and a successful track record of graduates from the
programs. If low GRE (or GMAT) students are accepted, the schools will have a
difficult time overcoming image flaws. Older adults seeking nontraditional
doctoral programs often do not have strong admission test scores.
Students may take the easiest way out in customizable
curricula
Question
Is Harvard's curriculum tantamount to no curriculum?
What does it take at a minimum to have an undergraduate education?
"As Goes Harvard. . . ," by Donald Kagan, Commentary Magazine ---
http://www.commentarymagazine.com/article.asp?aid=12202034_1
The
dean of Harvard College, Harry R. Lewis, would seem to have agreed with this
assessment. In a recently published book on the decline of Harvard,
Excellence Without a
Soul:
How a Great
University Forgot Education, he cites the excuse offered
by one member of the faculty committee: “the committee thought the best
thing was to put a row of empty bottles up and see how the faculty wanted to
fill them.” Lewis responds, acidly:
The
empty bottles could be filled with anything so long as the right department
was offering it. . . . But there is absolutely nothing that Harvard can
expect students will know after they take three science or three humanities
courses freely chosen from across the entire course catalog. The proposed
general-education requirement gives up entirely on the idea of shared
knowledge, shared values, even shared aspirations. In the absence of any
pronouncement that anything is more important than anything else for Harvard
students to know, Harvard is declaring that one can be an educated person in
the 21st century without knowing anything about genomes, chromosomes,
or
Shakespeare.
_____________________
Does
it matter that Harvard’s curriculum is a vacant vessel? It is
no secret, after all, that to the Harvard faculty, undergraduate education
is at best of secondary interest. What is laughingly called the Core
Curriculum—precisely what Summers sought to repair—is distinguished by the
absence
of any core of studies generally required. In practice, moreover, a
significant number of the courses in Harvard College are taught by graduate
students, not as assistants to professors but in full control of the
content. Although they are called “tutors,” evoking an image of learned
Oxbridge dons passing on their wisdom one-on-one, what they are is a
collection of inexperienced leaders of discussion or pseudo-discussion
groups. The overwhelming majority of these young men and women, to whom is
entrusted a good chunk of a typical undergraduate’s education, will never be
considered good enough to belong to Harvard’s regular faculty.
But
this does matter, and the reason is that how Harvard deals with its
undergraduates is of great importance to other colleges. Harvard’s
antiquity, the high quality of its faculty and student body, its wealth, and
its prestige have made it a model to be watched and emulated. When Harvard
adopted a program of “General Education” after World War II—the forerunner
of today’s debased Core Curriculum—it changed the character of undergraduate
education throughout the country.
So
it is intriguing and instructive that Harvard’s former dean should be
castigating the curriculum produced by the Harvard faculty—a curriculum
that, he believes, exposes Harvard as “a university without a larger sense
of educational purpose or a connection with its principal constituents.” And
it is equally intriguing that Derek C. Bok, a
former and now again, in the wake of Summers’s
departure, the current president of Harvard, should have released his own
troubled look at the same subject.
Continued in article
The radically different buffet-style Stanford University MBA customizable
curriculum resembles, in spirit, the new buffet undergraduate curriculum at Harvard
University.
Some possible problems this creates include the following:
- Students may seek out popular professors who are not necessarily the
"best" professors for their education needs. This becomes especially a
problem when the student may shy away from a hard-grading and or hard
assignment professor who really teaches an important course for their
particular concentration.
- Students may avoid hard topics such as a finance course on derivative
financial instruments or an accounting course that teaches data structures
and database usage.
- Students who choose the easier tracks may graduate cum laude with higher
gpas than students who chose the harder routes. I hope recruiters are smart
enough to look beyond grade averages for students who emerge from Stanford's
new MBA curriculum.
Bob Jensen's threads on higher education controversies are at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm
"Stanford Graduate School of Business Adopts New Curriculum Model Highly
Customized Program Planned for 2007," Stanford GSB News, June 2006 ---
http://www.gsb.stanford.edu/news/headlines/new_mba_curriculum.shtml
Four key elements characterize the Stanford MBA
Program’s new educational model: 1) a highly customized program; 2) a
deeper, more engaging intellectual experience; 3) a more global curriculum;
and 4) expanded leadership and communication development.
- First, the new curriculum will be customized
to each student. After a common program in the first quarter, students
will face no specific required courses, but rather a set of distribution
requirements that will give them the breadth of knowledge a general
manager requires. The suite of requirements will vary by pace, depth,
and assumed knowledge in order to challenge every student regardless of
past experience. Further, in some cases “flavors” of a given topic will
be offered, so that students can tailor their curriculum to their career
goals.
To take advantage of this flexibility, students will need good
information and advice about the options available. The first quarter of
studies will be devoted in large measure to this. Students will take
courses that raise fundamental questions of managerial relevance and
that point to where answers may be found. These courses will include
Teams and Organizational Behavior, Strategic Leadership, Managerial
Finance, and The Global Context of Management.
Students also will form an advising relationship with a member of the
faculty. Aided by placement exams, the student and his or her advisor
will craft an individual study plan. Students come to the MBA Program
with extremely diverse academic and work experience and varying career
goals. The new program will channel students into courses that will
challenge and prepare them, regardless of their background.
- Second, the new curriculum will foster a much
deeper intellectual exploration of both broad and narrow subjects. This
will begin in a fifth course, tentatively titled Critical Analytical
Thinking, taken in the first quarter. In seminars of fewer than 20
people, students will examine issues that transcend any single function
or discipline of management, such as: What responsibilities does a
corporation have to society? When do markets perform well, and when do
they perform poorly? When does it make sense to exercise discretion;
when should relatively rigid rules govern behavior? Students will be
taught to think and argue about such issues clearly, concisely, and
analytically, setting the tone for the rest of the program.
Then, in satisfying distribution requirements and in general electives,
students will be pressed to think across disciplines and functions. They
will be encouraged to think deeply and on their own. Improved placement
will engage students more effectively. A second-year fall schedule will
feature intensive one-week seminars, in which students will delve into
specific subjects. The School also plans to add to its complement of
Bass Seminars, funded in part by a recent $30 million gift from Robert
M. Bass, MBA ’74. The seminars, as small as 10 people, move students
beyond passive learning and into topics of their own choosing. Guided by
supervising faculty members, students are largely responsible for
creating the content of the seminars.
- Third, the new plan calls for enhancements to
the School’s global management curriculum. This begins with the
first-quarter course on The Global Context of Management and
proceeds in two ways: The School will continue to globalize its cases
and course materials, and a global experience will be required of each
student during his or her two years at the School. This can be fulfilled
by a study trip, an international internship, an overseas
service-learning trip, or a student exchange, such as the School’s new
program with Tsinghua University’s School of Economics and Management in
China.
- Finally, the new curriculum includes expanded
leadership and communication development. The Strategic Leadership
course will integrate strategy with leadership development and
implementation. Critical Analytical Thinking will have as a major
feature the honing of students’ written and oral communication skills.
In a new capstone seminar near the end of the two years, students will
synthesize what they have learned, examine strengths and weaknesses in
their personal leadership style, and reflect on how they hope to achieve
their goals as they embark on their careers. These seminars are expected
to help students prepare for their jobs and for their careers.
“All this builds on the personal, collaborative
nature of the Stanford MBA experience,” said Joss. “We have much work ahead
of us. Taking this to a new level will require significant funding, a 5 to
10 percent increase in faculty, and ultimately, a new facility with flexible
classrooms to accommodate more and smaller seminars.”
The School has developed a building proposal, which
will be presented to the Stanford Board of Trustees in June. If accepted,
the Business School will pursue a plan for new buildings on the Stanford
University campus.
The schism between academic research and the
business world:
The outside world has little interest in research of the business school
professors
If our research findings were important, there would be more demand for
replication of findings
"Business Education Under the Microscope: Amid growing charges of
irrelevancy, business schools launch a study of their impact on business,"
Business Week, December 26, 2007 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/bschools/content/dec2007/bs20071223_173004.htm
The
business-school world has been besieged by criticism in the
past few months, with prominent professors and writers
taking bold swipes at management education. Authors such as
management expert Gary Hamel and
Harvard Business School Professor
Rakesh Khurana have published books this fall expressing
skepticism about the direction in which business schools are
headed and the purported value of an MBA degree. The
December/January issue of the Academy of Management
Journal includes a
special section in which 10 scholars question the value of
business-school research.
B-school
deans may soon be able to counter that criticism, following
the launch of an ambitious study that seeks to examine the
overall impact of business schools on society. A new Impact
of Business Schools task force convened by the the
Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB)—the
main organization of business schools—will mull over this
question next year, conducting research that will look at
management education through a variety of lenses, from
examining the link between business schools and economic
growth in the U.S. and other countries, to how management
ideas stemming from business-school research have affected
business practices. Most of the research will be new, though
it will build upon the work of past AACSB studies,
organizers said.
The
committee is being chaired by Robert Sullivan of the
University of California at San Diego's
Rady School of Management, and
includes a number of prominent business-school deans
including Robert Dolan of the University of Michigan's
Stephen M. Ross School of Business,
Linda Livingstone of Pepperdine University's
Graziado School of Business & Management, and
AACSB Chair Judy Olian, who is also the dean of UCLA's
Anderson School of Management.
Representatives from Google (GOOG)
and the Educational Testing Service will also participate.
The committee, which was formed this summer, expects to have
the report ready by January, 2009.
BusinessWeek.com reporter
Alison Damast recently spoke with Olian about the committee
and the potential impact of its findings on the
business-school community.
There has been a rising tide of
criticism against business schools recently, some of it from
within the B-school world. For example, Professor Rakesh
Khurana implied in his book
From Higher Aims to Hired Hands
(BusinessWeek.com, 11/5/07) that
management education needs to reinvent itself. Did this have
any effect on the AACSB's decision to create the Impact of
Business Schools committee?
I think that
is probably somewhere in the background, but I certainly
don't view that as in any way the primary driver or
particularly relevant to what we are thinking about here.
What we are looking at is a variety of ways of commenting on
what the impact of business schools is. The fact is, it
hasn't been documented and as a field we haven't really
asked those questions and we need to. I don't think a study
like this has ever been done before.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on the growing
irrelevance of academic accounting research are at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#DoctoralPrograms
The dearth of research findings replications
---
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#Replication
Bob Jensen's threads on higher education
controversies are at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm
Putting Great Books Back Into the GenEd
Curriculum
In his new book, Anthony T. Kronman argues that the American college
curriculum is seriously flawed for not giving students a true grounding in the
classics that explore the human condition.
Education’s End: Why Our Colleges and Universities Have Given Up on the
Meaning of Life (Yale University Press) mixes
Kronman’s assessment of the problems in academe with a set of proposed
solutions. Kronman, the Sterling Professor of Law at Yale University, responded
to questions about the book.
Scott Jaschik, "Elevating the Great Books Anew," Inside Higher Ed,
September 26, 2007 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2007/09/26/kronman
Harvard University is Making Another Stab at Defining a Core Curriculum
Requirement
"Direction and Choice," by Scott Jaschik, Inside Higher Ed, October 5,
2006 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2006/10/05/harvard
On Wednesday, the university released a new plan
for undergraduate education that would designate certain subjects as ones
that must be studied. As a result, every Harvard undergraduate would have to
take a course on the United States and a course dealing with religion, among
others. Few top colleges and universities have such requirements. But
students would be able to pick within those broad topics, with the idea that
many courses would meet the requirements.
. . .
The report goes on to say that general education
“prepares students to be citizens of a democracy within a global society”
and also teaches students to “understand themselves as product of — and
participants in — traditions of art, ideas and values.” General education
should also encourage students to “adapt to change” and to have a sense of
ethics, the report says.
The general education proposed by the faculty panel
would have students take three one-semester courses in “critical skills” in
written and oral communication, foreign languages, and analytical reasoning.
Then students would have to take seven courses in
the following categories:
- Cultural traditions and cultural change.
- The ethical life.
- The United States and the world (one each in
the U.S. and the world).
- Reason and faith.
- Science and technology (one in a life science
and one in a physical science).
Within these categories, there would be a broad
range of courses that could fulfill the requirements. Each would have to
meet certain general education requirements, such as providing a broad scope
of knowledge and encouraging student-faculty contact. But the subject matter
within categories could vary significantly.
For instance, courses suggested as possibilities
for the cultural traditions requirement include “The Emergence of World
Literature,” “Art and Censorship,” and “Representations of the Other.”
Courses for study of the United States could include “Health Care in the
United States: A Comparative Perspective” and “Pluralist Societies: The
United States in Comparative Context.” The reason and faith requirement,
which would involve all students studying religion in some form, might have
courses such as “Religion and Closed Societies” and “Religion and
Democracy.”
In explaining the rationale for a faith and reason
requirement, the Harvard professors noted that most college undergraduates
care about religion and discuss it, but “often struggle — sometimes for the
first time in their lives — to sort out the relationship between their own
beliefs and practices, the different beliefs and practices of fellow
students, and the profoundly secular and intellectual world of the academy
itself.”
The report also noted the many tensions around
religion in modern society — including fights over school prayer, same-sex
marriage, and stem cell research. “Harvard is no longer an institution with
a religious mission, but religion is a fact that Harvard’s graduates will
confront in their lives both in and after college,” the report said,
explaining why a religion requirement is important. At the same time, it
added: “Let us be clear. Courses in reason and faith are not religious
apologetics. They are courses that examine the interplay between religion
and various aspects of national and/or international culture and society.”
In the ethics requirement, students will consider how to make ethical
choices, but in religion, students “will appreciate the role of religion in
contemporary, historical or future events — personal, cultural, national or
international.”
‘Activity Based Learning’
Beyond the various course requirements, the Harvard
panel called for the university to consider new ways to link students’
in-class and out-of-class experiences.
“The big thing for many Harvard undergrads tends to
be their extracurricular activities. It’s almost a cliché that they spend
more time out of the yard than in the yard,” said Menand. “We don’t want to
bureaucratize that, but we think there is a natural connection between the
classroom and what takes place out of the classroom.”
This part of the report is more vague and less
prescriptive, and in fact the panel calls for another panel to consider how
to carry out the idea of promoting “activity based learning.” Generally, the
report said, the pedagogical idea it wants Harvard to embrace is that “the
ability to apply abstract knowledge to concrete cases — and vice versa.”
Examples given to show the value of this kind of learning include the
statements that “studying the philosophy of the 17th century might inform
the production of a classic play by Molière” and “working on a political
campaign can bring to life material in a course on democracy.”
In a course, this link might be made through
optional papers that students could write on how an outside activity helped
the student understand course material or how course material influenced a
planned activity. If several students participate in the same out-of-class
activity, team work might be involved in and outside of class. And in either
case, the report said, closer faculty-student contact would be encouraged.
What It Means in Cambridge and Beyond
At Harvard, a series of meeting are now being
scheduled for the Faculty of Arts and Sciences to review the report and —
eventually — to vote on it. Menand said that while the review would take
months at least, it need not wait for Harvard to have a new permanent
president.
Schneider of the Association of American Colleges
and Universities said she thought the report might have a positive impact.
“I think that what this is doing is restoring the purpose of general
education requirements, which is to connect learning with real world
citizenship.”
She said it made a lot of sense for Harvard to say
that students need to study the United States, and the world, and science,
and religion, etc., rather than using broad distribution requirements.
“Let’s think about what’s going on in American high schools. Students have
one year of American history or maybe two, but they may never study the
United States again,” she said. Harvard’s proposal would mean that they
would study the United States again, and at a deeper level than they could
in high school.
Continued in the article
Do we need huge changes in J-Schools and
B-Schools?
I think this is sad.
Read the graphs of the plunging stock prices and circulation revenues of the
major newspapers
What on earth will replace all those salaried reporters and correspondents
around the world?
Infographic: The Death Of The Newspaper Industry ---
http://www.simoleonsense.com/infographic-the-death-of-the-newspaper-industry/
These days
the important factors when students are choosing majors and careers are ---
jobs, jobs, and more jobs. Business schools still provide relatively good
opportunities for jobs, especially the largest accounting firms that have,
gratefully, provided many, many job opportunities and training to entry-level
graduates. The market is bleak at the moment for finance and MBA graduates,
but not nearly as bleak as the job market for journalism (J-School) graduates.
The most
obvious comparison is that the large international CPA firms are thriving/hiring
when compared to the world’s great newspapers. Aside from The Wall Street
Journal, what major newspaper is not in dire financial trouble? The
Boston Globe is now on the chopping block and its owner, the New York
Times, had to sell its Manhattan building to keep paying its bills.
The
Internet has not been kind to journalists. The public has come to expect news
and news commentaries on the cheap --- read that free. This does not bode well
for J-School majors, and probably nobody knows it better than college students
since they’re intensive users of the Internet, Blogs, and Social Networks.
Newspapers
also have an extremely expensive business model with huge networks of reporters
and correspondents around the world. It will be a huge loss when this business
model fails, because television stations, bloggers, and social networks rely
heavily on the news dredged up by newspaper reporters. When the newspapers shut
down the global network of reporters or commence to pay reporters a pittance,
who will dredge up the news? Certainly not bloggers like me sitting on their
butts in the mountains.
Newspapers
have extremely expensive distribution costs in large part because the product is
relatively heavy and is mostly trashed by readers in less than a day.
Newspapers
are facing a seriously declining share of advertising revenues due in large part
to competition from sites like Google and Yahoo, to say nothing about the online
magazines that download Associated Press reports and share the news with the
world for free ---
http://news.google.com/nwshp?hl=en&tab=wn
Imploding Job Market: Two-Year MA Degree in Journalism Degree Program
Shrinks to Nine-Months
"J-School Makeovers," by Lauren Ingeno, Inside Higher Ed,
July 16, 2013 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2013/07/16/usc-announces-changes-its-journalism-masters-degree-program
So who
wants to major in journalism? Practically nobody!
Journalism school majors are now competing with philosophy graduates for
burger-flipping careers.
Am I happy about this? Absolutely and irrevocably --- NO!
The Carnegie
Corporation of New York and the John S. and James L. Knight Foundation on Monday
announced an $11 million expansion of their joint program to reform journalism
education by supporting new programs at selected institutions. The additional
funds will continue fellowships and curricular efforts at the eight journalism
schools in the program and add three more: those at Arizona State University,
the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and the University of Nebraska
at Lincoln.
Inside Higher Ed, July 8, 2008 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2008/07/08/qt
"Take It From an Ex-Journalist: Adapt or Die," by Byron P. White,
Chronicle of Higher Education, September 23, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/Take-It-From-an-Ex-Journalist-/141779/?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
Somewhere between our group's discussion of
three-year bachelor's degrees and its deliberation over the value of
general-education courses, the sensation swept over me: I've seen this
before—or at least something close to it. Déjà vu.
The people engaged in the conversation were
different this time. They were members of Cleveland State University's
senior leadership team. We had gathered for President Ronald Berkman's
annual two-day fall retreat, which began with an overview of the forces that
are driving the need for urgent change in higher education.
Noting our industry's notorious reputation for
being stuck in its ways, President Berkman baited his vice presidents and
deans: "Do we really have an appetite for change?" he asked. Thus began a
vigorous dialogue among my colleagues in which we delved into all manner of
institutional innovation.
The scene reminded me of similar sessions at
another time, in another place, concerning urgent change in another "mature"
industry. That industry was the newspaper business. I began my professional
career in 1984 as a newspaper reporter, and after about 10 years, I had
ascended to the management ranks of the Chicago Tribune. I recall countless
conversations around that time with senior staff and peers at national
conferences where we would discuss the powerful forces threatening the
industry and how we desperately needed to respond.
We never really did, at least not sufficiently
enough to stem the onslaught of technological advancements, disruption of
business models, and shifting consumer preferences that have since conspired
to pretty much dismantle newspapers as we knew them. Tribune, parent company
of my beloved Chicago paper, filed for bankruptcy a few years ago. In my
current home, Cleveland, The Plain Dealer recently ceased home delivery on
certain days in order to prolong its survival.
I moved to higher education more than a dozen years
ago, just as newspapers were beginning their rapid descent. However,
listening to my Cleveland State colleagues during the president's retreat, I
could not help but draw comparisons between our current predicament and the
one newspapers faced a few years ago.
Back then, the fundamental challenges were apparent
enough and amazingly similar to those that higher education faces now,
especially public institutions: Newspapers' most reliable source of
revenue—classified advertising, not state subsidy—was steadily disappearing.
A host of online providers had emerged that were willing to deliver
information to consumers faster, more cheaply, and more conveniently. And
our loyal customer base of longtime newspaper subscribers—not unlike the
seemingly endless supply of high-school graduates—was starting to lose
confidence in us.
And yet, our change-the-world brainstorming
sessions more often than not devolved into debates over the merits of making
incremental, operational adjustments. The most radical ideas were usually
deemed either impossible or not really necessary. Just the exercise of
entertaining the notion of a paperless edition or allowing citizens to serve
as journalists (now we call them "bloggers") seemed like progress, even if
we seldom followed through.
To this day, I believe the newspaper industry could
have avoided such a steep decline had we made a serious commitment to adapt
to change. How much better off might we have been if we had been bold enough
to adopt the open-minded approach that the Amazon founder Jeff Bezos
expressed upon his recent purchase of The Washington Post: "I don't want to
imply that I have a worked-out plan," Bezos said. "This will be uncharted
terrain, and it will require experimentation."
Looking back, I can now see why newspaper
executives and journalists had trouble getting there. For the same reasons,
too many university administrators, deans, and faculty members are
struggling to usher in significant change as well. Perhaps this will sound
familiar to you.
First, we really didn't believe we had to change.
Sure, we heard all the doomsday predictions, mostly from those outside the
industry—but, come on! The Chicago Tribune had been around since 1847. Its
abolitionist campaign helped lead to the founding of the Republican Party
and the presidency of Abraham Lincoln. The Tribune Company had just
purchased the Los Angeles Times and Newsday. Sure, we might struggle a
little bit, but go bankrupt? No way.
Second, despite all the evidence that the public's
views of news and media were shifting, we thought the public was wrong. So
what if every reader survey ranked international news coverage near the
bottom of what people wanted to read? Didn't they know our Africa
correspondent had just won a Pulitzer Prize for international reporting?
People needed international reporting even if they were too ignorant to
recognize it, and we were determined to give it to them, no matter that the
enormous expense of housing reporters all over the world was killing the
bottom line.
Finally, we just could not envision a reality that
was too far removed from the one we had experienced. Even when we finally
conceded that the Internet was becoming a more popular source of news than
newsprint, we thought the solution was simple: Just paste the newspaper
online in the same format. We could not imagine that people would use the
power of the Web essentially to assemble their own virtual newspapers,
focusing on the topics that interested them and pulling from a variety of
sources that they trusted most.
Continued in article
As college seniors
prepare to graduate, The Daily Beast crunches the numbers to determine
which majors—from journalism to psychology —didn’t pay.
Some
cities are better than others for college
graduates. Some college courses are
definitely hotter than others. Even some
iPhone apps are
better for college students
than others. But when it comes down to it, there’s only one question
that rings out in dormitories, fraternities, and dining halls across the
nation: What’s your major?
Slide
Show
01.Journalism
02. Horticulture
03. Agriculture
04. Advertising
05. Fashion Design
06. Child and Family Studies
07. Music
08. Mechanical Engineering Technology
09. Chemistry
10. Nutrition
11. Human Resources
12. Theatre
13. Art History
14. Photography
15. Literature
16. Art
17.Fine Arts
18. Psychology
19. English
20. Animal Science
Reviving Journalism Schools
For as long as doomsayers have predicted the decline of
civic-minded reportage as we know it, reformers have sought to draft a rewrite
of the institutions that train many undergraduate and graduate students pursuing
a career in journalism. Criticisms of journalism schools have ranged from
questioning whether the institutions are necessary in the first place (since
many journalists, and most senior ones, don’t have journalism degrees) to
debating the merits of teaching practical skills versus theory and whether
curriculums should emphasize broad knowledge or specialization in individual
fields . . . The sessions were part of an effort to evaluate the function of
journalism schools in an age of new media and the public’s declining faith in
the fourth estate: the
Carnegie-Knight
Initiative on the Future of Journalism Education,
which in 2005 enlisted top institutions in the country to bolster their
curriculums with interdisciplinary studies and expose students to different
areas of knowledge, including politics, economics, philosophy and the sciences.
The initiative, funded by the Carnegie Corporation of New York and the John S.
and James L. Knight Foundation, also works with journalism schools to incubate
selected students working on national reporting projects.
Andy Guess, "Reviving the J-School," Inside Higher Ed, January 10, 2008
---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2008/01/10/jschools
There are an
increasing number of scholarly videos on this topic at
BigThink: YouTube for Scholars (where
intellectuals may post their lectures on societal issues) ---
http://www.bigthink.com/
Some
of you may benefit by analyzing similarities and differences between the above
tidbit on J-Schools versus the AACSB effort to examine needs for change in
B-Schools.
Key AACSB sites
include the following:
http://www.aacsb.edu/Resource_Centers/AME/AME report.pdf
http://www.aacsb.edu/publications/metf/metfreportfinal-august02.pdf
http://www.aacsb.edu/publications/dfc/default.asp
http://www.aacsb.edu/wxyz/hp-sdc.asp
http://www.aacsb.edu/publications/ValueReport_lores.pdf
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting
Weekly Review on January 11, 2008
Talking B-School: Teaching the
Gospel of Management
by Ron Alsop
The Wall Street Journal
Jan 08, 2008
Page: B4
Click here to view the
full article on WSJ.com
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB119974268053072925.html?mod=djem_jiewr_ac
TOPICS: Accounting,
Internal Controls
SUMMARY: Professor Charles Zech,
director of the Center for the study of Church Management
and a professor of economics at Villanova University,
discusses their new MBA program. The article mentions
internal controls needed in church management practices.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: Familiarity
with specific types of MBA programs, general educational
issues, and the issues of internal control evident in recent
church and clergy scandals can be discussed in an
introductory accounting, accounting information systems, or
auditing class.
QUESTIONS:
1.) You may have seen advertisements for MBA programs
targeted to golf course or ski resort management. In
general, why are different industries targeted in management
education?
2.) Why did Villanova University decide to offer an MBA in
church management? In what ways will Villanova target the
MBA program?
3.) Not all universities may be able to offer this targeted
MBA. Why not?
4.) What is transparency in financial reporting? How do
examples given in the article indicate insufficient
transparency in church management and reporting practices?
5.) What internal control weaknesses are identified in the
article? List each weakness and describe a solution for the
weakness.
6.) How do properly functioning internal controls support
sufficient transparency in financial reporting?
7.) What is the concept of stewardship? How is it discussed
in the objectives of financial reporting in both U.S. and
international conceptual frameworks of accounting?
8.) How do the comments in the article make it clear that
focusing on stewardship better fits church management than
does focusing on other objectives and qualitative
characteristics identified in the conceptual framework of
accounting?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of
Rhode Island
|
"Teaching the Gospel of Management Program Aims
to Bring Transparency To Church Business Practices," by RON ALSOP January 8,
2008; Page B4---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB119974268053072925.html?mod=djem_jiewr_ac
The reputations of many Roman Catholic Perishes
have been tarnished in recent years, both by the priest sex-abuse scandals
and a growing number of embezzlement cases. That has prompted a burgeoning
movement to improve the management and leadership skills of church officials
through new programs being offered primarily at Catholic universities.
M.B.A. Track columnist Ron Alsop talked recently with Charles Zech, director
of the Center for the Study of Church Management and a professor of
economics at Villanova University's School of Business in Villanova, Pa.,
about the launch of its master's degree in church management in May and the
need for more sophisticated and more transparent business practices in
Perishes and religious organizations.
WSJ: Why did Villanova decide to create a
master's degree in church management?
Dr. Zech: We find that business managers at both
the Perish and diocesan level often have social work, theology or education
backgrounds and lack management skills. While pastors aren't expected to
know all the nitty-gritty of running a small business, they at least need
enough training in administration to supervise their business managers.
Before starting the degree, we ran some seminars in 2006 and 2007 as a trial
balloon to see if folks were interested enough to pay for management
education. The seminars proved to be quite popular, drawing people from all
over the country, including high-level officials from both Catholic dioceses
and religious orders.
How have the sexual-abuse scandals and
embezzlement cases put a spotlight on poor management and governance
practices?
The Catholic Church has some real managerial
problems that were brought to light by the clergy abuse scandals. It became
quite obvious that the church isn't very transparent and accountable in its
finances. Settlements had been made off the books with abuse victims and
priests had been sent off quietly for counseling, to the surprise of many
Perishioners. Then came a string of embezzlement cases. Our center on church
management surveyed chief financial officers of U.S. Catholic dioceses in
2005 and found that 85% had experienced embezzlements in the previous five
years. One of our recommendations was that Perishes be audited once a year
by an independent auditor. There clearly are serious questions about
internal financial controls at the Perish level, and we are now doing
research on Perish advisory councils and asking questions about such things
as who handles the Sunday collection and who has check-writing authority.
Does the same person count the collection, deposit the money and then
reconcile the checkbook? Obviously, you're just asking for problems if it's
the same person; you can imagine the temptations.
Beyond the need for better financial controls,
what other management issues should get more attention from church leaders?
Performance management is definitely an important
but neglected area. That's partly because it's a very touchy issue. Who is
going to appraise the performance of a priest or a church worker who is also
a member of the Perish? There's great reluctance on the part of the clergy
to be appraiser or appraisee. You have to view the Perish as a family
business and understand that it's like evaluating members of your family.
How will Villanova's church management degree be
different from what other universities have started offering?
Some schools combine standard business classes with
courses from theology and other departments. But if you're taking a regular
M.B.A. finance class, you're learning about Wall Street and other things
that aren't really relevant. What we're doing is creating courses
specifically for this degree program, so there are both business and
faith-based elements in every class. For example, the law course will deal
with civil law relative to church law so students understand the possible
conflicts. The accounting course will cover internal financial-control
issues for churches. And the human-resource management class will include
discussion of volunteers, a big part of the labor force for Perishes.
Have you encountered any resistance from church
officials?
Yes, some people say a church is not a business.
But I point out that we still have to be good stewards of our resources --
our financial and human capital -- to carry out God's work on Earth. When
you use management terms with bishops, they often get turned off. But when
you use the word stewardship, it has more impact because it's in the Bible.
Jesus talked about the importance of our being good stewards who take care
of our talents and other gifts.
Is the degree restricted to Catholic clergy and
lay managers?
The courses will have a Catholic focus because as a
Catholic university, our mission is to try to meet the needs of our
community. But the degree is certainly not restricted to Catholics. Every
church has similar managerial problems. In fact, we're eager for other
Christian denominations to become part of the program and provide some
valuable contributions to class discussions. A typical course, however,
would not apply to other religions because of the different way Christian
churches are organized compared with synagogues and other religious
institutions.
Why is the degree being offered primarily
online, with only a one-week residency on campus?
Since we view the market for church-management
education as national and even global, a distance-learning degree will
attract clergy and church workers from any part of the world who can't take
off for two years to come to Villanova. In fact, we already have heard from
a priest in Ireland and a Presbyterian minister in Cameroon interested in
enrolling in the program.
The church management degree costs $23,400. How
can clergy and church workers afford it?
We expect the vast majority of students to be
supported by a diocese or other religious or social service organizations.
We will chop 25% off the price for anyone who can get their organization to
pay a third of the tuition. That cuts a student's out-of-pocket costs by
about half. We're trying to send the message to religious leaders that this
is important and that they should invest in management training.
Question
When does education become more and more like training (or education
specialization at the wrong level)?
Undergraduate accounting programs probably have a worse problem with this
than any other degree programs, including other business programs such as
finance, marketing, and management. Accounting has more required courses in
large measure due to the number of accounting courses required to sit for the
CPA Examination.
"Pre-Med
Education Must Be Compatible with Liberal Arts Ideals," by Timothy R. Austin,
Inside Higher Ed, July 31, 2008 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/views/2008/07/31/austin
As we approach the second decade of the century, it
is fair to ask what young medical doctors should know and where and when
they should learn it. But amid calls for revisions to the undergraduate
premedical curriculum, undergraduate colleges must guard against being
co-opted as “farm clubs” for “big league” schools of medicine.In the
American system of higher education, to paraphrase the opening of a popular
television series, the task of educating and training tomorrow’s doctors is
shared by two separate yet equally important institutions: baccalaureate
colleges of arts and sciences and professional schools of medicine. And, as
the ubiquitous use of the term “pre-med” implies, undergraduate educators
have long accepted their responsibility to equip students who aspire to
become physicians with the knowledge and skills essential for admission to
medical school. It follows from this premise that changes in the scope and
focus of medical school curricula will raise legitimate questions about the
courses most appropriate for premed students.
This argument furnishes the starting point for a
recent contribution by Jules L. Dienstag to the New England Journal of
Medicine (“Relevance
and Rigor in Premedical Education”). In his essay,
Dienstag notes the demands placed on medical school faculties by an ever
expanding range of “new scientific material” and deplores the “widely varied
levels of science preparation” among first-year medical students. As a
remedy, he proposes a radical reshaping of the pre-medical science
curriculum and a corresponding revision of both the Medical College
Admissions Test (or MCAT) and the criteria used by medical school admissions
committees. By “refocusing” and “increasing [the] relevance” of the science
courses pre-med students take, Dienstag argues, undergraduate institutions
could better prepare graduates for professional school while simultaneously
opening up additional space in the curriculum for “an expansive liberal arts
education encompassing literature, languages, the arts, humanities, and
social sciences.”
Dienstag’s prescription deserves serious
consideration by faculty and administrators at baccalaureate and
professional institutions alike. He offers valuable suggestions on a range
of issues. But Dienstag naturally approaches this topic from his own
perspective — that of the dean for medical education at Harvard Medical
School. In advocating for changes that would address the challenges facing
his own colleagues, he ignores (or at least passes too quickly over)
complications and contradictions that those changes would create at
undergraduate colleges.
Each entering class at any undergraduate
institution contains many more students who express their firm intention to
become medical doctors than will ever apply to a medical school, let alone
gain admission. Some will learn in Chemistry 101 that their intellectual
gifts are not those of a scientist. Others will be seduced by the excitement
of laboratory research and pursue Ph.D. rather than M.D. degrees. Still
others will surprise themselves (not to mention their parents) by
discovering a passion for literature or archaeology, economics or music that
overwhelms their earlier conviction about their destined career paths.
Such defections are scarcely surprising, given the
limited knowledge and experience that high school students rely on as the
basis for forming their views about possible life goals. But it is also
important to recognize that many undergraduate institutions – liberal arts
colleges in particular – actively encourage their students to remain
intellectually curious and open to the full range of disciplines that they
sponsor. “Pursue your passion,” we advise incoming first-year students at
the College of the Holy Cross. “Find what excites and fulfills you and see
where it may lead.” Tracking pre-med students into what Dienstag describes
as a science curriculum with “a tighter focus on science that ‘matters’ to
medicine” runs counter to this liberal arts ethos. While it might better
prepare the minority of those students who will one day matriculate at a
school of medicine, it could handicap those whose scientific interests point
them toward industry or teaching and research. It could also restrict the
breadth of the scientific education that non-science majors would take with
them if later decisions led them towards majors in the humanities, arts or
social sciences. And even for the small number of students who would in fact
emerge from such a streamlined curriculum and enter medical school, one has
to question the wisdom of targeting “biologically relevant” material at the
expense of courses in topics as critical to the future of our planet as
ecology and population genetics.
Another way of explaining the unease that some
faculty members at liberal arts colleges may feel over Dienstag’s proposal
is that it implies that the study of biology, chemistry, physics and
statistics is undertaken as a means — and to one very particular end. The
attitude we seek to foster in our students at liberal arts institutions, by
contrast, is that one studies a discipline for what it reveals about the
universe we inhabit and about what the mission statement at the College of
the Holy Cross calls “basic human questions.” The knowledge and skills that
one acquires in the process will be equally useful in one’s career and in
one’s life outside the workplace and certainly do not limit who one may
become, either professionally or personally.
There is no question that the combined eight-year
premedical and medical school curriculum that has served us well for decades
is coming under increasing pressure. With each year that passes, society
expects more of its physicians; as Dienstag notes, we now demand that they
be trained not only in medical science but also in “ethics, … listening
skills, and skills relevant to health policy and economics.” Unless we are
to extend the already long training period by another year, changes in what
we teach and how we teach it are inevitable.
Dienstag urges those of us who teach undergraduates
not to “shy away from the challenge” posed by this shifting environment. I
suggest that the challenge we confront can not be addressed effectively
without all parties being open to possible changes in the way they
contribute to the process. More importantly, our colleagues in the
professional schools must understand that the term “pre-med” designates a
provisional career aspiration far more often than it does a firm commitment.
Undergraduate students are by definition still learning about their world
and seeking out their place in it, so our institutions serve their needs
when we balance the importance of effective pre-professional preparation
with the equally compelling need for curricular flexibility and disciplinary
breadth.
Some Business Schools No Longer Have Core Curriculum Silos
Yale Business School's Core Curriculum No Longer Has Traditional Courses
in Functional Areas of Accounting, Finance, Marketing, Management, Finance, and
Economics
"Breaking Down Silos at Yale: Dean Joel Podolny talks about how the
B-school is putting old paradigms out to pasture with its new curriculum," by
Kerry Miller, Business Week, September 12, 2006 ---
Click Here
Since taking office last
year, Dean Joel Podolny has announced plans for far-reaching changes aimed
at pushing the
Yale School of Management into the top tier of the
nation's business schools (see BusinessWeek.com, 4/28/05,
"A Fresh Face for Yale"). The most significant
change to come to fruition so far is the school's radically redesigned
curriculum, implemented with this fall's entering
class.
What are the core
elements of the new curriculum?
The most important part of the curriculum is that we're replacing the
disciplinary courses that mapped onto the functional silos in organizations
with new courses that are actually organized around the key constituencies
that a manager needs to engage in order to be effective.
We now offer a course on the customer rather than a course in marketing, a
course on the investor rather than a course in finance. All of them are
multidisciplinary in both their design and their delivery. And then we have
a course called the integrated leadership perspective at the end which sort
of brings together all the different perspectives.
Why were these changes are necessary? Do you feel that the standard
MBA is outdated?
When I talked to CEOs, to our alumni, to recruiters, it became clear that
the demands for managers, for leaders, are very different today than they
were in the past century. Effective leaders need to be able to own and frame
problems and take real responsibility for solving those problems, and then
work across organizational boundaries in order to solve those problems. The
curriculum in the past was broken down by these disciplinary silos and
because of that, got in the way of effective management and leadership.
I think, not just at Yale, but at any of the curricula that you would look
at any of the major business schools, they were broken down by functional
silos: a course in marketing, a course in accounting, a course in
organizational behavior. But if you talk to any leader of a major
corporation, they will tell you that the real value to be added is in
working across those silos, and the disciplinary delivery got in the way of
educating students in a way that could maximize their ability to add value
to the organizations of which they are a part.
Who were the major architects of the curriculum?
We started our curriculum reform last year in the fall, and we had over
two-thirds of the senior faculty involved on various committees. We also had
the students involved. It was really kind of faculty-led, but it was led
through engagement with all the constituencies of the school. Our faculty
talked to recruiters. They talked with alumni. They talked with current
students, in addition to the students that were on the committee.
You don't usually use words like courage to sort of talk about faculty
initiatives, but I actually think that that word is quite appropriate for
talking about this curriculum reform on the part of the faculty because it
required them to really give up on their comfort zone in order to embrace a
new model of management education. This is a faculty that's stepping up and
saying, "We're ready to meet the challenge and we're going to do it now.
We're going to make the investment in time and energy."
Over the summer, it has been remarkable to see that investment. In addition
to having multi-disciplinary teams working on the various courses, the
faculty has been meeting once a week in a large group. When the faculty in
one area are presenting syllabi, the faculty from all the areas come and
make comments. That requires trust, and it requires courage, but that's
what's going to make this new curriculum successful.
How does the curriculum fit into your long-term goals for the
school?
What attracted me to this school was the school's mission of educating
leaders for business and society. And my belief after meeting the alumni on
the search committee is that they aren't just words, but that the school
actually lives it.
We create graduates who are looking to make a positive difference in the
world, whether they aspire to be a Fortune 100 CEO or run a major nonprofit
or to have influence on policy and government. We have put in place a
curriculum that helps to further foster that aspiration of our students and
that feature of our culture.
To the degree to which we actually put in place a curriculum that executes
on that mission to the maximum degree, I believe we don't just create a
great school but we raise the bar of management education. I felt coming
here that because of that mission, because of the commitment of the faculty
and the community to that mission, and because of the willingness of people
to put the time and the energy into developing a curriculum that's
consistent with that mission, that this is the place that actually can rise
to that challenge.
So far, how is the new curriculum resonating?
The response has been wildly enthusiastic on all sides. We announced the new
curriculum in March, which was before the Class of 2008 had to make their
decisions. Our yield increased about 21% from the previous year. The
employers and the alumni that we speak to are extremely enthusiastic about
the curriculum as well. We have had those recruiters and alumni say to us
that they feel we really have designed a curriculum that does meet the
challenges of management and leadership today.
What are the other pressing issues for Yale SOM today?
We're going to build a new campus, and for the school that's a major issue
that we're excited about. We're also going to be growing the school
slightly. We're the smallest of the major business schools, and in a lot of
ways that's great. That gives us a tremendous advantage in terms of
reforming the curriculum in a way that works across disciplinary boundaries
because being small, we have faculty who've grown very comfortable working
across disciplinary boundaries.
Over the long run, we'll be increasing our size to about 300 students per
class [from 220]. The campus is part of that growth, but it also means
growing the faculty, and so those are two other issues, but the curriculum
reform is all-encompassing. It touches on everything that we do, and so that
will continue to remain front and center in terms of our efforts for some
time.
Yale isn't the only school to announce a
curriculum overhaul of late (see BusinessWeek.com, 6/6/06,
"Stanford's New Look MBA") How does Yale's new
curriculum fit into that overall landscape?
To the best of my knowledge, we were the first school to announce a major
overhaul of its curriculum. We did so in March. I obviously am not in a
position to comment on the details of other curricula. I haven't seen any in
particular detail. I do know, I was at a conference with 40 deans in Toronto
in March, and it is a topic that's on everybody's mind.
I think everybody is wrestling with this challenge of, O.K., how do you
break out of the disciplinary silos in order to deliver a curriculum that
meets the demands of management as a profession today? My own view is that
the more schools that are embracing this challenge, the better off we all
are. To the degree to which any of us succeed, we all succeed in raising the
standards of management education and meeting the challenges of educating
and professionalizing management. I'm excited to see, though, what everybody
else is doing.
Jensen Comment
The Walton School of Business at the University of Arkansas broke down the
functional silos several years ago. You can read the following tidbit at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/book05q1.htm
February 17, 2005
message from Bob Jensen
I call your attention to Page 4 of
the Spring 2005 newsletter called “The Accounting Educator” from the
Teaching and Curriculum Section of the American Accounting Association ---
http://aaahq.org/TeachCurr/newsletters/index.htm
The current Chair (Tomas Calderon)
has a piece about “reflection” which is nice to reflect upon. There are
abstracts of papers in other journals that relate to education, and an
assortment of teaching cases.
Marinus Bouman
has a nice piece entitled “Using Technology To Integrate Accounting Into The
Business Curriculum.” Interestingly, the Sam M. Walton College of Business
at the University of Arkansas no longer has courses in Principles of
Accounting (or Marketing or Finance). You should read Bouman’s article to
find out what took the place of these principles courses in a daring
curriculum experiment.
Are Elite Universities Losing
Their Competitive Edge?
E. HAN KIM University of Michigan - Stephen M. Ross School of Business
ADAIR MORSE University of Michigan
Stephen M. Ross School of Business LUIGI ZINGALES
SSRN April 2006 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=900920
(as reported by Jim Mahar on November 30, 2006) ---
http://financeprofessorblog.blogspot.com/
We
study the location-specific component in research productivity of economics
and finance faculty who have ever been affiliated with the top 25
universities in the last three decades. We find that there was a positive
effect of being affiliated with an elite university in the 1970s; this
effect weakened in the 1980s and disappeared in the 1990s. We decompose this
university fixed effect and find that its decline is due to the reduced
importance of physical access to productive research colleagues. We also
find that salaries increased the most where the estimated externality
dropped the most, consistent with the hypothesis that the de-localization of
this externality makes it more difficult for universities to appropriate any
rent. Our results shed some light on the potential effects of the internet
revolution on knowledge-based industries.
Bob Jensen's threads on higher
education controversies are at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm
"Was Earning That Harvard M.B.A. Worth It?" by Abby Ellin, The New
York Times, June 11, 2006 ---
Click Here
THE popularity of the (MBA)
degrees has surged. In 1970, for example, business schools handed out 26,490
M.B.A.'s, according to the Department of Education. By 2004, after a period
marked by an economic boom and heightened competition for top-flight
business careers, that figure had jumped to 139,347. But opinion and data
appear divided on the tangible benefits of an M.B.A.
. . .
In 2003, Professor Mintzberg tracked the
performance of 19 students who graduated from the Harvard Business School in
1990 and were at the top of their class academically. Ten of the 19 were
"utter failures," he said. "Another four were very questionable, at least,"
he added. "So five out of 19 did well."
Research varies on the value of an M.B.A. A 2006
study by the Lubin School of Business at Pace University, looking at 482
companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange, found that only 162 of them
had chief executives with graduate degrees in business. The companies with
chief executives who went to more prestigious schools did no better than
those who went to less prestigious schools, according to the study. Why this
was so is unclear.
"One possibility is that if you don't have a
graduate degree from a top school then you have to work that much harder to
succeed," said Aron A. Gottesman, an associate professor at Pace and a
co-author of the study.
On the other hand, Professor Gottesman and a
colleague found in a separate study, published earlier this year in the
Journal of Empirical Finance, that mutual fund managers with M.B.A.'s from
BusinessWeek's 30 top-ranked business schools — including Harvard —
generally outperformed other mutual fund managers. Professor Gottesman is
not sure why this was so, either. "One possibility is that at higher-quality
schools they simply teach better technical skills," he speculated. "Or
students at top-tier schools have a higher I.Q."
Continued in article
Question
What's it really like to be the president of a university?
"The Puzzle of Leadership," by William M. Chace, Inside Higher Ed,
September 11, 2006 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/views/2006/09/11/chace
The university president in the United States is
expected to be a friend to the students, a colleague of the faculty, a good
fellow with the alumni, a sound administrator with the trustees, a good
speaker with the public, an astute bargainer with the foundations and the
federal agencies, a politician with the state legislature, a friend of
industry, labor and agriculture, a persuasive diplomat with donors, a
champion of education generally, a supporter of the professions
(particularly law and medicine), a spokesman to the press, a scholar in his
own right, a public servant at the state and national levels, a devotee of
opera and football generally, a decent human being, a good husband and
father, an active member of the church. Above all, he must enjoy traveling
in airplanes, eating his meals in public, and attending public ceremonies.
With the exception of those duties the president of
a public institution alone would have, Kerr’s droll description fit what I
found myself doing.
I knew that people thought my job very difficult,
but perhaps blinded by excessive self-regard or limited in imaginative
intelligence, I thought it a good one, not an impossible one, and I enjoyed
almost all of its aspects. In performing all those duties Kerr described, I
was glad to be active, happy to be involved in many committees, and eager to
learn more about how the place worked, what made different people tick (or
not tick), and what held such a curious thing as a liberal-arts college
together. I slept well, exercised a lot, went to work every day with a
smile, and thought myself a lucky fellow to be at Wesleyan.
When gloomy days descended, as they now and again
did, I consoled myself with little mental games. Thinking about the
profusion of advice I continually received from every quarter of the campus,
I would say to myself: “Being president must be the easiest job in the
world; after all, everybody seems to know how to do it.” Or I would think
about how the “leadership” of a campus is so amusingly different from
leadership elsewhere. I would recall that George Shultz once said that the
biggest difference between his life as a corporate leader and his career as
dean of a business school was that, in business, he had to make sure that
his orders were precise and exact, given that they would likely be followed.
No such danger in academia. In sum, the very peculiarities of the job were
its most appealing feature.
Much of the literature on presidential leadership
concludes that the job is impossible, but it should also note the obvious:
at any given time, about 3,500 men and women do the job. The situation is
much like that of the airplane: there is no obvious reason why so large and
heavy a piece of metal can fly through the sky, yet it does. Despite the
impossibility of their work, thousands of presidents go to the office every
day, successfully complete some tasks, and return home.
Robert Birnbaum, one of those scholars who claims
that the job is unworkable, argues that the problem of presidential
leadership is that the criteria for success and failure are elusive:
…there is no accepted criterion presidents can
employ to judge the benefits of one course of action over another, and
little assurance that they could implement their preferences even if they
could specify them. Presidential authority is limited, complete
understanding of the scope and complexity of the enterprise exceeds human
cognitive capability, and unforeseen changes in demographic, political, and
economic conditions often overwhelm campus plans.
But the “impossibility” of such places can serve as
a healthy reminder of what they are not. A university or college is not a
business, does not make a profit, cannot declare quarterly earnings, “wins”
nothing, hopes to flourish forever, will never be bought out, cannot
relocate, is both in and out of the world, studies everything including
itself, considers itself a meritocracy while continually worshipping the
idea of community, and has as its greatest asset an odd assemblage of
self-directed intellectual entrepreneurs who work on the most complicated
aspects of their respective disciplines. What a university does is
expensive, time-consuming, inefficient, wayward, hard to understand, and yet
prestigious. It also helps young people and, more and more each year, looks
after them in all sorts of ways. It is exclusive in admissions and
appointments, but generous in sharing the fruits of its labor. It stands on
ancient ceremonies yet accelerates the workings of democracy. All in all, I
thought, a good place to be, even if my job was “impossible.”
Debates over the Limits of Academic Freedom and Freedom of Speech
The National Association of Scholars
issued a new report Tuesday criticizing social work
education as a “national academic scandal” because its programs’ mission
descriptions and curricular requirements are “chock full of ideological
boilerplate and statements of political commitment.” In addition, the report
questions the Council on Social Work Education, which accredits colleges based
in part on whether the provide “social and economic justice content grounded in
an understanding of distributive justice, human and civil rights, and the global
interconnections of oppression.” The report issued Tuesday is in many ways
similar to
a complaint filed by the association with the
Education Department in 2005. A spokeswoman for the Council on Social Work
Education said that only one person there could respond to questions about the
report’s criticism and that person was not available Tuesday.
Inside Higher Ed, September 12, 2007 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2007/09/12/qt
“I’ve been a liberal law professor for 28 years,”
Chemerinsky told the Los Angeles Times Wednesday. “I write lots of op-eds and
articles, I argue high-profile cases.”Apparently, though, the details of
Chemerinsky’s background eluded some of those charged with choosing a founding
dean for the University of California at Irvine’s new law school. After being
selected last week for the job — in what was widely described as a remarkable
“coup” for a startup law school — Chemerinsky was informed Tuesday by Irvine’s
chancellor, Michael V. Drake, that the university was revoking the offer because
Drake had not been fully aware of the extent to which there were “conservatives
out to get me,” Chemerinsky told the Times.
Doug Lederman, "Law School Deanship Rescinded; Politics Blamed," Inside
Higher Ed, September 13, 2007 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2007/09/13/uci
Controversies over the limits of free speech in student-run campus
newspapers
The student-run newspaper at Central Connecticut State
University is under fire for publishing a cartoon this week that critics called
racist and sexist. The three-frame comic, titled “Polydongs,” features two
characters who mention locking a “14-year-old Latino girl” in a closet and
urinating on her. It was published in Wednesday’s issue of The Recorder, a
weekly newspaper distributed free on campus. The university’s president vowed on
Friday to cut off advertising in the paper, and its critics have planned a
protest on Monday on campus to push for reforms, including the ouster of the
paper’s editor, Mark Rowan“We believe the climate here at Central is one that
fosters this kind of behavior,” said Francisco Donis, a psychology professor and
president of the university’s Latin American Association, “so we want more
systematic changes to create a welcoming environment for everyone to feel safe
and secure.” About 5 percent of the 9,600 undergraduates are Hispanic, according
to university figures. The campus is in New Britain, a racially diverse city of
71,000 about 12 miles southwest of Hartford.
"Cartoon in Student-Run Newspaper Elicits Criticism," The New York Times,
September 15, 2007 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/15/nyregion/15cartoon.html
The University of Michigan Resumes Distribution of Anti-Israel Book
---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2007/09/12/mich
Academe vigorously hangs on to its freedom of speech prerogatives..
Question
Do students need more protection from their professor who expound political
views?
For all the fears about David Horowitz’s
Academic
Bill of Rights, the proposal ended up going nowhere
in state legislatures last year. But in Pennsylvania, the House of
Representatives voted to create a special legislative committee to investigate
the state of academic freedom and whether students who hold unpopular views need
more protection. The special committee held hearings — amid charges and
countercharges from Horowitz, his allies, college presidents, faculty groups and
others.
Scott Jaschik, "Who Won the Battle of Pennsylvania?" Inside Higher Ed,
November 16, 2006 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2006/11/16/tabor
Controversies over the limits of free speech on campus
Sixty British academics have issued a public letter calling for a change in the
law to explicitly protect academic freedom and to give complete freedom of
speech to those who teach at universities,
The Guardian reported.
The professors cite incidents in which colleagues with controversial views have
been attacked or the self-censorship of some who wish to avoid controversy. An
official of the main faculty union in Britain expressed some caution about the
new movement, telling the newspaper: “We should distinguish between the crucial
right of an academic to question and test received wisdom and any suggestions
that this is the same as an unlimited right of a university academic to express,
for example, anti-Semitic, homophobic or misogynist abuse where they were using
a position of authority to bully students or staff, or potentially breach the
duty of care that universities have towards students or staff.”
Inside Higher Ed, December 22, 2006 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2006/12/22/qt
Controversies over the limits of free speech
in student-run campus newspapers
The student-run newspaper at Central Connecticut State
University is under fire for publishing a cartoon this week that critics called
racist and sexist. The three-frame comic, titled “Polydongs,” features two
characters who mention locking a “14-year-old Latino girl” in a closet and
urinating on her. It was published in Wednesday’s issue of The Recorder, a
weekly newspaper distributed free on campus. The university’s president vowed on
Friday to cut off advertising in the paper, and its critics have planned a
protest on Monday on campus to push for reforms, including the ouster of the
paper’s editor, Mark Rowan“We believe the climate here at Central is one that
fosters this kind of behavior,” said Francisco Donis, a psychology professor and
president of the university’s Latin American Association, “so we want more
systematic changes to create a welcoming environment for everyone to feel safe
and secure.” About 5 percent of the 9,600 undergraduates are Hispanic, according
to university figures. The campus is in New Britain, a racially diverse city of
71,000 about 12 miles southwest of Hartford.
"Cartoon in Student-Run Newspaper Elicits Criticism," The New York Times,
September 15, 2007 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/15/nyregion/15cartoon.html
"Kicked Out," by Cary Nelson, Inside Higher Ed, December 22, 2006 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/views/2006/12/22/nelson
Reverend: “Not here. I decide what gets taught. I
approve what they read. I’m ordering you to leave the building.”
Since it was a private facility I left as ordered.
But the program is to be funded with public money, and the Illinois
Humanities Council was assured free speech was guaranteed in the classes. It
is not. Indeed others have suggested the students were under pressure not to
disagree with church doctrine. This is precisely why the separation of
church and state is established in the United States Constitution, though
there is reason to doubt President Bush is comfortable with the concept.
Continued in article
Cary Nelson is president of the American Association of University
Professors and a professor of English at the University of Illinois at
Urbana-Champaign.
"The Two Languages of Academic Freedom," by Stanley Fish, The New York
Times, February 8, 2009 ---
http://fish.blogs.nytimes.com/2009/02/08/the-two-languages-of-academic-freedom/
Last week we came to the section on academic
freedom in my course on the law of higher education and I posed this
hypothetical to the students: Suppose you were a member of a law firm or a
mid-level executive in a corporation and you skipped meetings or came late,
blew off assignments or altered them according to your whims, abused your
colleagues and were habitually rude to clients. What would happen to you?
The chorus of answers cascaded immediately: “I’d be
fired.” Now, I continued, imagine the same scenario and the same set of
behaviors, but this time you’re a tenured professor in a North American
university. What then?
I answered this one myself: “You’d be celebrated as
a brave nonconformist, a tilter against orthodoxies, a pedagogical visionary
and an exemplar of academic freedom.”
My assessment of the way in which some academics
contrive to turn serial irresponsibility into a form of heroism under the
banner of academic freedom has now been at once confirmed and challenged by
events at the University of Ottawa, where the administration announced on
Feb. 6 that it has “recommended to the Board of Governors the dismissal with
cause of Professor Denis Rancourt from his faculty position.” Earlier,
Rancourt, a tenured professor of physics, had been suspended from teaching
and banned from campus. When he defied the ban he was taken away in
handcuffs and charged with trespassing.
What had Rancourt done to merit such treatment?
According to the Globe and Mail, Rancourt’s sin was to have informed his
students on the first day of class that “he had already decided their marks
: Everybody was getting an A+.”
But that, as the saying goes, is only the tip of
the iceberg. Underneath it is the mass of reasons Rancourt gives for his
grading policy and for many of the other actions that have infuriated his
dean, distressed his colleagues (a third of whom signed a petition against
him) and delighted his partisans.
Rancourt is a self-described anarchist and an
advocate of “critical pedagogy,” a style of teaching derived from the
assumption (these are Rancourt’s words) “that our societal structures . . .
represent the most formidable instrument of oppression and exploitation ever
to occupy the planet” (Activist Teacher.blogspot.com, April 13, 2007).
Among those structures is the university in which
Rancourt works and by which he is paid. But the fact of his position and
compensation does not insulate the institution from his strictures and
assaults; for, he insists, “schools and universities supply the obedient
workers and managers and professionals that adopt and apply [the] system’s
doctrine — knowingly or unknowingly.”
It is this belief that higher education as we know
it is simply a delivery system for a regime of oppressors and exploiters
that underlies Rancourt’s refusal to grade his students. Grading, he says,
“is a tool of coercion in order to make obedient people” (rabble.ca., Jan.
12, 2009).
It turns out that another tool of coercion is the
requirement that professors actually teach the course described in the
college catalogue, the course students think they are signing up for.
Rancourt battles against this form of coercion by employing a strategy he
calls “squatting” – “where one openly takes an existing course and does with
it something different.” That is, you take a currently unoccupied structure,
move in and make it the home for whatever activities you wish to engage in.
“Academic squatting is needed,” he says, “because universities are
dictatorships . . . run by self-appointed executives who serve capital
interests.”
Rancourt first practiced squatting when he decided
that he “had to do something more than give a ‘better’ physics course.”
Accordingly, he took the Physics and Environment course that had been
assigned to him and transformed it into a course on political activism, not
a course about political activism, but a course in which political activism
is urged — “an activism course about confronting authority and hierarchical
structures directly or through defiant or non-subordinate assertion in order
to democratize power in the workplace, at school, and in society.”
Clearly squatting itself is just such a “defiant or
non-subordinate assertion.” Rancourt does not merely preach his philosophy.
He practices it.
This sounds vaguely admirable until you remember
what Rancourt is, in effect, saying to those who employ him: I refuse to do
what I have contracted to do, but I will do everything in my power to
subvert the enterprise you administer. Besides, you’re just dictators, and
it is my obligation to undermine you even as I demand that you pay me and
confer on me the honorific title of professor. And, by the way, I am
entitled to do so by the doctrine of academic freedom, which I define as
“the ideal under which professors and students are autonomous and design
their own development and interactions.”
Of course, as Rancourt recognizes, if this is how
academic freedom is defined, its scope is infinite and one can’t stop with
squatting: “The next step is academic hijacking, where students tell a
professor that she can stay or leave but that this is what they are going to
do and these are the speakers they are going to invite.” O, brave new world!
The record shows exchanges of letters between
Rancourt and Dean Andre E. Lalonde and letters from each of them to Marc
Jolicoeur, chairman of the Board of Governors. There is something comical
about some of these exchanges when the dean asks Rancourt to tell him why he
is not guilty of insubordination and Rancourt replies that insubordination
is his job, and that, rather than ceasing his insubordinate activities, he
plans to expand them. Lalonde complains that Rancourt “does not acknowledge
any impropriety regarding his conduct.” Rancourt tells Jolicoeur that
“Socrates did not give grades to students,” and boasts that everything he
has done was done “with the purpose of making the University of Ottawa a
better place,” a place “of greater democracy.” In other words, I am the
bearer of a saving message and those who need it most will not hear it and
respond by persecuting me. It is the cry of every would-be messiah.
Rancourt’s views are the opposite of those
announced by a court in an Arizona case where the issue was also whether a
teaching method could be the basis of dismissal. Noting that the university
had concluded that the plaintiff’s “methodology was not successful,” the
court declared “Academic freedom is not a doctrine to insulate a teacher
from evaluation by the institution that employs him” (Carley v. Arizona,
1987).
The Arizona court thinks of academic freedom as a
doctrine whose scope is defined by the purposes and protocols of the
institution and its limited purposes. Rancourt thinks of academic freedom as
a local instance of a global project whose goal is nothing less than the
freeing of revolutionary energies, not only in the schools but everywhere.
It is the difference between being concerned with
the establishing and implementing of workplace-specific procedures and being
concerned with the wholesale transformation of society. It is the difference
between wanting to teach a better physics course and wanting to save the
world. Given such divergent views, not only is reconciliation between the
parties impossible; conversation itself is impossible. The dispute can only
be resolved by an essentially political decision, and in this case the
narrower concept of academic freedom has won. But only till next time.
Stanley Fish is the Davidson-Kahn Distinguished University Professor
and a professor of law at Florida International University, in Miami, and
dean emeritus of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences at the University
of Illinois at Chicago. He has also taught at the University of California
at Berkeley, Johns Hopkins and Duke University. He is the author of 10
books. His new book on higher education, "Save the World On Your Own Time,"
has just been published.
"An Authoritative Word on Academic Freedom," by Stanley
Fish, The New York Times, November 23, 2008 ---
http://fish.blogs.nytimes.com/2008/11/23/an-authoritative-word-on-academic-freedom/?ei=5070&emc=eta1
More than a few times in these
columns I have tried to deflate the balloon of academic freedom by
arguing that it was not an absolute right or a hallowed principle,
but a practical and limited response to the particular nature of
intellectual work.
Now, in a new book —
“For the Common Good: Principles of American Academic Freedom,”
to be published in 2009 — two
distinguished scholars of constitutional law, Matthew W. Finkin and
Robert C. Post, study the history and present shape of the concept
and come to conclusions that support and deepen what I have been
saying in these columns and elsewhere.
The authors’ most important
conclusion is presented early on in their introduction: “We argue
that the concept of Academic freedom . . . differs fundamentally
from the individual First Amendment rights that present themselves
so vividly to the contemporary mind.” The difference is that while
free speech rights are grounded in the constitution, academic
freedom rights are “grounded . . . in a substantive account of the
purposes of higher education and in the special conditions necessary
for faculty to fulfill those purposes.”
In short, academic freedom, rather
than being a philosophical or moral imperative, is a piece of policy
that makes practical sense in the context of the specific task
academics are charged to perform. It follows that the scope of
academic freedom is determined first by specifying what that task is
and then by figuring out what degree of latitude those who are
engaged in it require in order to do their jobs.
If the mission of the enterprise
is, as Finkin and Post say, “to promote new knowledge and model
independent thought,” the “special conditions” necessary to the
realization of that mission must include protection from the forces
and influences that would subvert newness and independence by either
anointing or demonizing avenues of inquiry in advance. Those forces
and influences would include trustees, parents, donors, legislatures
and the general run of “public opinion,” and the device that
provides the necessary protection is called academic freedom. (It
would be better if it had a name less resonant with large
significances, but I can’t think of one.)
It does not, however, protect
faculty members from the censure or discipline that might follow
upon the judgment of their peers that professional standards have
either been ignored or violated. There is, Finkin and Post insist,
“a fundamental distinction between holding faculty accountable to
professional norms and holding them accountable to public opinion.
The former exemplifies academic freedom: the latter undermines it.”
Holding faculty accountable to
public opinion undermines academic freedom because it restricts
teaching and research to what is already known or generally
accepted.
Holding faculty accountable to
professional norms exemplifies academic freedom because it
highlights the narrow scope of that freedom, which does not include
the right of faculty “to research and publish in any manner they
personally see fit.”
Indeed, to emphasize the
“personal” is to mistake the nature of academic freedom, which
belongs, Finkin and Post declare, to the enterprise, not to the
individual. If academic freedom were “reconceptualized as an
individual right,” it would make no sense — why should workers in
this enterprise have enlarged rights denied to others? — and support
for it “would vanish” because that support, insofar as it exists, is
for the project and its promise (the production of new knowledge)
and not for those who labor within it. Academics do not have a
general liberty, only “the liberty to practice the scholarly
profession” and that liberty is hedged about by professional norms
and responsibilities.
I find this all very congenial.
Were Finkin and Post’s analysis internalized by all faculty members,
the academic world would be a better place, if only because there
would be fewer instances of irresponsible or overreaching teachers
invoking academic freedom as a cover for their excesses.
I do, however, have a quarrel with
the authors when they turn to the question of what teachers are free
or not free to do in the classroom.
Finkin and Post are correct when
they reject the neo-conservative criticism of professors who bring
into a class materials from disciplines other than the ones they
were trained in. The standard, they say, should be “whether material
from a seemingly foreign field of study illuminates the subject
matter under scrutiny.”
Just so. If I’m teaching poetry
and feel that economic or mathematical models might provide a
helpful perspective on a poem or body of poems, there is no good
pedagogical reason for limiting me to models that belong properly to
literary criticism. (I could of course be criticized for not
understanding the models I imported, but that would be another
issue; a challenge to my competence, not to my morality.)
But of course what the
neo-conservative critics of the academy are worried about is not
professors who stray from their narrowly defined areas of expertise;
they are worried about professors who do so in order to sneak in
their partisan preferences under the cover of providing students
with supplementary materials. That, I think, is a genuine concern,
and one Finkin and Post do not take seriously enough.
Responding to an expressed concern
that liberal faculty too often go on about the Iraq War in a course
on an entirely unrelated subject, Finkin and Post maintain that
there is nothing wrong, for example, with an instructor in English
history “who seeks to interest students by suggesting parallels
between King George III’s conduct of the Revolutionary War and
Bush’s conduct of the war in Iraq.”
But we only have to imagine the
class discussion generated by this parallel to see what is in fact
wrong with introducing it. Bush, rather than King George, would
immediately become the primary reference point of the parallel, and
the effort to understand the monarch’s conduct of his war would
become subsidiary to the effort to find fault with Bush’s conduct of
his war. Indeed, that would be immediately seen by the students as
the whole point of the exercise. Why else introduce a contemporary
political figure known to be anathema to most academics if you were
not inviting students to pile it on, especially in the context of
the knowledge that this particular king was out of his mind?
Sure, getting students to be
interested in the past is a good thing, but there are plenty of ways
to do that without taking the risk (no doubt being courted) that
intellectual inquiry will give way to partisan venting. Finkin and
Post are right to say that “educational relevance is to be
determined . . . by the heuristic purposes and consequences of a
pedagogical intervention”; but this intervention has almost no
chance of remaining pedagogical; its consequences are predictable,
and its purposes are suspect
Still, this is the only part of
the book’s argument I am unable to buy. The rest of it is right on
target. And you just have to love a book — O.K., I just have to love
a book — that declares that while faculty must “respect students as
persons,” they are under no obligation to respect the “ideas held by
students.” Way to go!
Jensen Comment
The term "political correctness" and related phrases
have a long history ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Political_correctness#In_the_United_States
However, probably no U.S. scholar is more associated with "political
correctness" since than Stanley Fish when he was at Duke University and
the phrase "political correctness" with feminist language constraints
and liberalism in campus politics ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stanley_Fish
Bob Jensen's threads on political correctness are at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#PoliticalCorrectness
"Ideas of Academic Freedom," by Scott McLemee, Inside Higher Ed,
January 18, 2012 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/views/2012/01/18/review-robert-posts-democracy-expertise-academic-freedom
Robert C. Post’s Democracy, Expertise, Academic
Freedom, published by
Yale University Press, is a succinct and tightly
argued book, and its subtitle, “A First Amendment Jurisprudence for the
Modern State,” clearly signals a calm sobriety that can't be taken for
granted. It covers topics that typically provoke controversy more often than
thought.
Academic freedom and the First Amendment come up
for discussion, most of the time, when some conflict is under way, with the
ideological battle lines already drawn. The editorials on either side write
themselves. And that’s to be expected. Knee-jerk reactions are a pretty
shabby substitute for civic virtue, but it’s not like you can respond to
every dispute in the public sphere by arguing from first principles. The
urgent task is to defend a position.
Post, who is dean of the Yale Law School, is not
writing in that rut. The arguments in Democracy, Expertise, Academic
Freedom were originally presented at the Northwestern University School
of Law when he delivered the Julius Rosenthal Lectures there in April 2008.
Opening the book, my first move was to check its index for the names of
certain culture-war belligerents who were much in the news back then. (You
can probably
guess which
ones.) They are, happily, absent from its pages.
Post is thinking about structural questions -- not commenting on recent
affairs, as such.
Rather than indulge in the columnist’s privilege of
going off on tangents, let me offer a précis of the book, followed by some
very brief remarks.
That the First Amendment exists
“to preserve an uninhibited marketplace of ideas in which truth will
ultimately prevail” is a familiar and venerable argument, originally framed
by Oliver Wendell Holmes, Jr. almost a century ago, and invoked in Supreme
Court decisions many times since then. The bit in quotations marks just now,
for example, is a typical instance from 1969. The formulation has been
assessed and contested at great length by legal theorists. Whatever its
merits or deficiencies in general, however, the “marketplace of ideas”
argument is no help at all in understanding the relationship between the
First Amendment and what Post calls “the production of expert knowledge.”
Expert knowledge is produced within disciplines
that regulate what counts as knowledge and what doesn’t. Disciplines involve
methods, practices, and judgments that make preempt a laissez faire
attitude. And that is a good thing. “If a marketplace of ideas model were to
be imposed upon Nature or The American Economic Review or
The Lancet,” writes Post, “we would rapidly lose track of whatever
expertise we possess about the nature of the world.”
There is a complex and constant tension between the
need for untrammeled argument in the public sphere, on the one hand, and the
disciplinary protocols that constitute expert knowledge.
Continued in article
"An Authoritative Word on Academic Freedom," by Stanley Fish, The
New York Times, November 23, 2008 ---
http://fish.blogs.nytimes.com/2008/11/23/an-authoritative-word-on-academic-freedom/?ei=5070&emc=eta1
More than a few times in
these columns I have tried to deflate the balloon of academic freedom by
arguing that it was not an absolute right or a hallowed principle, but a
practical and limited response to the particular nature of intellectual
work.
Now, in a new book —
“For the Common Good: Principles of American Academic Freedom,”
to be published in 2009 — two distinguished scholars
of constitutional law, Matthew W. Finkin and Robert C. Post, study the
history and present shape of the concept and come to conclusions that
support and deepen what I have been saying in these columns and elsewhere.
The authors’ most important
conclusion is presented early on in their introduction: “We argue that the
concept of Academic freedom . . . differs fundamentally from the individual
First Amendment rights that present themselves so vividly to the
contemporary mind.” The difference is that while free speech rights are
grounded in the constitution, academic freedom rights are “grounded . . . in
a substantive account of the purposes of higher education and in the special
conditions necessary for faculty to fulfill those purposes.”
In short, academic freedom,
rather than being a philosophical or moral imperative, is a piece of policy
that makes practical sense in the context of the specific task academics are
charged to perform. It follows that the scope of academic freedom is
determined first by specifying what that task is and then by figuring out
what degree of latitude those who are engaged in it require in order to do
their jobs.
If the mission of the
enterprise is, as Finkin and Post say, “to promote new knowledge and model
independent thought,” the “special conditions” necessary to the realization
of that mission must include protection from the forces and influences that
would subvert newness and independence by either anointing or demonizing
avenues of inquiry in advance. Those forces and influences would include
trustees, parents, donors, legislatures and the general run of “public
opinion,” and the device that provides the necessary protection is called
academic freedom. (It would be better if it had a name less resonant with
large significances, but I can’t think of one.)
It does not, however,
protect faculty members from the censure or discipline that might follow
upon the judgment of their peers that professional standards have either
been ignored or violated. There is, Finkin and Post insist, “a fundamental
distinction between holding faculty accountable to professional norms and
holding them accountable to public opinion. The former exemplifies academic
freedom: the latter undermines it.”
Holding faculty accountable
to public opinion undermines academic freedom because it restricts teaching
and research to what is already known or generally accepted.
Holding faculty accountable
to professional norms exemplifies academic freedom because it highlights the
narrow scope of that freedom, which does not include the right of faculty
“to research and publish in any manner they personally see fit.”
Indeed, to emphasize the
“personal” is to mistake the nature of academic freedom, which belongs,
Finkin and Post declare, to the enterprise, not to the individual. If
academic freedom were “reconceptualized as an individual right,” it would
make no sense — why should workers in this enterprise have enlarged rights
denied to others? — and support for it “would vanish” because that support,
insofar as it exists, is for the project and its promise (the production of
new knowledge) and not for those who labor within it. Academics do not have
a general liberty, only “the liberty to practice the scholarly profession”
and that liberty is hedged about by professional norms and responsibilities.
I find this all very
congenial. Were Finkin and Post’s analysis internalized by all faculty
members, the academic world would be a better place, if only because there
would be fewer instances of irresponsible or overreaching teachers invoking
academic freedom as a cover for their excesses.
I do, however, have a
quarrel with the authors when they turn to the question of what teachers are
free or not free to do in the classroom.
Finkin and Post are correct
when they reject the neo-conservative criticism of professors who bring into
a class materials from disciplines other than the ones they were trained in.
The standard, they say, should be “whether material from a seemingly foreign
field of study illuminates the subject matter under scrutiny.”
Just so. If I’m teaching
poetry and feel that economic or mathematical models might provide a helpful
perspective on a poem or body of poems, there is no good pedagogical reason
for limiting me to models that belong properly to literary criticism. (I
could of course be criticized for not understanding the models I imported,
but that would be another issue; a challenge to my competence, not to my
morality.)
But of course what the
neo-conservative critics of the academy are worried about is not professors
who stray from their narrowly defined areas of expertise; they are worried
about professors who do so in order to sneak in their partisan preferences
under the cover of providing students with supplementary materials. That, I
think, is a genuine concern, and one Finkin and Post do not take seriously
enough.
Responding to an expressed
concern that liberal faculty too often go on about the Iraq War in a course
on an entirely unrelated subject, Finkin and Post maintain that there is
nothing wrong, for example, with an instructor in English history “who seeks
to interest students by suggesting parallels between King George III’s
conduct of the Revolutionary War and Bush’s conduct of the war in Iraq.”
But we only have to imagine
the class discussion generated by this parallel to see what is in fact wrong
with introducing it. Bush, rather than King George, would immediately become
the primary reference point of the parallel, and the effort to understand
the monarch’s conduct of his war would become subsidiary to the effort to
find fault with Bush’s conduct of his war. Indeed, that would be immediately
seen by the students as the whole point of the exercise. Why else introduce
a contemporary political figure known to be anathema to most academics if
you were not inviting students to pile it on, especially in the context of
the knowledge that this particular king was out of his mind?
Sure, getting students to be
interested in the past is a good thing, but there are plenty of ways to do
that without taking the risk (no doubt being courted) that intellectual
inquiry will give way to partisan venting. Finkin and Post are right to say
that “educational relevance is to be determined . . . by the heuristic
purposes and consequences of a pedagogical intervention”; but this
intervention has almost no chance of remaining pedagogical; its consequences
are predictable, and its purposes are suspect
Still, this is the only part
of the book’s argument I am unable to buy. The rest of it is right on
target. And you just have to love a book — O.K., I just have to love a book
— that declares that while faculty must “respect students as persons,” they
are under no obligation to respect the “ideas held by students.” Way to go!
The term "political correctness" and related phrases have a long history ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Political_correctness#In_the_United_States
However, probably no U.S. scholar is more associated with "political
correctness" since than Stanley Fish when he was at Duke University and the
phrase "political correctness" with feminist language constraints and liberalism
in campus politics ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stanley_Fish
Bob Jensen's threads on freedom of speech and political correctness in
higher education are at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#PoliticalCorrectness
"Wide-Stance Sociology," by Scott McLemee, Inside
Higher Ed, September 12, 2007 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/views/2007/09/12/mclemee
Rarely
does a political scandal inspire anyone to discuss
sociological research done 40 years earlier. But whatever
else Sen. Larry Craig (R-Idaho) may have contributed to
public life, he certainly deserves credit for renewing
interest in
Tearoom Trade: Impersonal Sex in Public Places,
by Laud Humphreys, first published in
1970.
Humphreys, who was for many years a
professor of sociology at Pitzer College, in
Claremont, California, died in 1988. But his
analysis of the protocols of anonymous
encounters in men’s rooms — “tearooms,” in
gay slang — has been cited quite a bit in
recent weeks. In particular, reporters have
been interested in his findings about the
demographics of the cruising scene at the
public restrooms he studied. (This research
took place at a public park in St. Louis,
Missouri during the mid-1960s.) Most patrons
visiting the facilities for sexual activity
tended to be married, middle-class
suburbanites; they often professed strongly
conservative social and political views.
So you can see where the
book might prove topical.
But the rediscovery of
Humphrey’s work is not just
a product of the power of
Google combined with the
force of the news cycle. It
is an echo of the
discussions that his work
once stirred up in the
classroom.
Tearoom Trade was, in
its day, among the more
prominent monographs in the
social sciences – an
interesting and unusual
example of ethnographic
practice that was featured
in many textbooks, at least
for a while. I recall
reading a chapter from
Humphreys in an introductory
social-science anthology in
the early 1980s and thinking
that every single subculture
in the world would
eventually have a
sociologist standing in the
corner, taking notes.
The book was also
widely discussed because of
the ethical questions raised
by Humphreys’s methodology.
It would be an overstatement
to call Tearoom Trade
the main catalyst for the
creation of institutional
review boards, but debates
over the book certainly
played their part.
At issue was not the sexual
activity itself but how the
sociologist (then a graduate
student) investigated it.
Posing as a voyeur, and
never revealing that he was
there for research,
Humphreys was accepted as
“watchqueen” by the social
circle hanging out at the
restroom. He was entrusted
with giving a signal if the
police came around. He took
notes on the activity taking
place – including the
license plates numbers of
men who came around for
fellatio. Through a contact
in the police department, he
was able to get their home
addresses.
After a year, and having
disguised himself to some
degree, he visited them
under the pretense of doing
a survey for an insurance
company to gather more data
about their circumstances
and opinions. Humphreys
states that he was never
recognized during these
interviews. He kept all the
documents generated during
this research in a lockbox
and destroyed them after his
dissertation was accepted by
Washington University in St.
Louis.
He
received his Ph.D. that June
1968 – exactly one year
before the patrons of the
Stonewall, a gay bar in
Greenwich Village, got tired
of being harassed by the
police and decided to fight
back. So when the
dissertation appeared as a
book in 1970 (issued by a
social-science press called
Aldine, now an imprint of
Transaction Publishers,
which keeps it in print)
the
timing was excellent. The
main public-policy
implication of Humphreys’s
work was that police could
just as well ignore the
restroom shenanigans: the
activity that Humphrey
reported was consensual and
low-risk for spreading
sexually-transmitted
disease, and it did not
involve “luring” minors. The
book won that year’s C.
Wright Mills Award for the
outstanding book on a
critical social issue.
But concerns about how the
data had been collected were
expressed by Humphreys’s
colleagues almost as soon as
he received his degree, and
the debate continued into
the 1970s. (When the book
was reprinted in 1975, it
included a postscript
covering some of the
discussion.)
Continued in
article
Even supporters of Gay legislation should object to this violation of free
speech at the University of Missouri
Emily Brooker, who graduated from the university’s
School of Social Work last spring, took issue with a project in which students
were asked to draft and individually sign a letter to Missouri legislators that
supported the right of gay people to be foster parents, according to the
complaint. The assignment was eventually shelved, but the complaint says
officials in the social work school charged Brooker with the highest-level
grievance for not following guidelines on diversity, interpersonal skills and
professional behavior. According to the complaint, during a hearing before an
ethics committee, faculty members asked Brooker: “Do you think gays and lesbians
are sinners? Do you think I am a sinner?” and questioned whether she could
assist gay men and women as a professional social worker.
Elia Powers, "Did Assignment Get Too Political?" Inside Higher Ed,
November 1, 2006 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2006/11/01/complaint
Issue of
Student Free Speech on Campus: Mike Adams' New Job at Missouri State
University
I’m certain that news of my resignation will disappoint
readers who have enjoyed my columns critiquing UNC-Wilmington’s leftist
orthodoxy over the last several years. But I know their disappointment will be
outweighed by UNCW’s joy upon hearing of my decision to leave the university. In
fact, effective today, I’ll be leaving to begin my new career as a Winston Smith
Professor Emeritus of Social Work at
Missouri State University. I have decided to take
the position at MSU for two reasons: 1) I want to commit the rest of my career
to the intellectual rape of my students by forcing
them to lobby the state for policies that violate their deeply held religious
beliefs, and 2) MSU
encourages professors to intellectually and spiritually rape their students -
even defending them when they are caught in the act.
Mike S. Adams, "My New Job at Missouri State University," Townhall,
November 7, 2006 ---
Click Here
Missouri State University has reached an
out-of-court settlement with a student
who sued over a class assignment
in which she says she was told to write a letter to legislators endorsing
adoption rights for gay people, the
Associated Press
reported. Missouri State officials said that not all of the facts in the case
matched what the student had said, but that some concerns were legitimate.
Inside Higher Ed, November 10, 2006 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2006/11/10/qt
Columbia Charges Students With Violating Protest Rules
Columbia University said yesterday that it had notified
students involved in disrupting a program of speakers in early October that they
were being charged with violating rules of university conduct governing
demonstrations. The university did not disclose the number of students charged
with violations. Columbia’s president, Lee C. Bollinger, announced the
disciplinary proceedings in a letter to the university community yesterday that
was also released publicly. But he said he would not provide further details
because of federal rules governing student privacy. The charges will be heard
next semester by the deans of the individual schools the students are enrolled
in. Possible sanctions include disciplinary warning, censure, suspension and
dismissal.
Karen W. Arenson, "Columbia Charges Students With Violating Protest Rules,"
The New York Times, December 23, 2006 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2006/12/23/nyregion/23columbia.html
Jensen Comment
Since the protestors who disrupted and frightened the speakers are totally
non-repentant, it will be interesting to see how this plays out at Columbia.
"A Firm Stance: CU Marine Reservist Targeted In Angry Confrontation; No
Disciplinary Action Taken," by Laura Brunts, Columbia Spectator, January
26, 2006 ---
Click Here
At last fall's annual activities fair, Marine
reservist Matt Sanchez, GS '07, got into an argument with several members of
the International Socialist Organization and later filed a harassment
complaint against three students.
More than three months later, the administration
responded with a letter apologizing for the incident but took no
disciplinary action. Realizing that he would get no public response from
Columbia, Sanchez took his story to the press last week in an interview with
FOX News.
The incident has provoked concern from members of
Columbia's military community about what some see as a widespread
anti-military attitude, and it raises questions about the University's
anti-discrimination policy.
On Club Day, Zach Zill, CC '06, Monique Dols, GS
'06, and Jonah Birch, CC '05, approached the table for the Columbia Military
Society-a Student Governing Board-recognized group for Columbia students in
Fordham's ROTC program-because they heard it was being used for ROTC
recruitment, which is not allowed on campus.
"We went there to voice our disagreement with the
fact that they were there and pick up some of their fliers," Dols said.
Sanchez stopped by the table soon after and entered
the debate. In the course of the argument, Zill asserted that the military
"uses minorities as cannon fodder," Sanchez said.
"My last name is Sanchez. I'm Puerto Rican. I'm a
minority. Zach Zill is blonde and blue-eyed. I said, 'Look, I'm a minority.
I know I enlisted; I don't feel like I'm being used at all,'" Sanchez said.
"[Zill] said, 'Well, you're too stupid to know that you're being used.'"
Mark Xue, CC '06, a Marine officer candidate and
president of the society, was also at the table and confirmed Sanchez's
accusations.
"They were telling him that he was stupid and
ignorant, that he was being brainwashed and used for being a minority in the
military," Xue said. "Regardless of what you think about military
recruiters, those comments were racially motivated."
Continued in article
From Columbia University
Having wreaked havoc onstage, the students unrolled a banner that read, in both
Arabic and English, "No one is ever illegal."
"At Columbia, Students Attack Minuteman Founder," by Eliana Johnson,
The New
York Sun, October 4, 2006 ---
http://www.nysun.com/article/40983
Students stormed the stage at Columbia University's
Roone auditorium yesterday, knocking over chairs and tables and attacking
Jim Gilchrist, the founder of the Minutemen, a group that patrols the border
between America and Mexico.
Mr. Gilchrist and Marvin Stewart, another member of
his group, were in the process of giving a speech at the invitation of the
Columbia College Republicans. They were escorted off the stage unharmed and
exited the auditorium by a back door.
Having wreaked havoc onstage, the students unrolled
a banner that read, in both Arabic and English, "No one is ever illegal." As
security guards closed the curtains and began escorting people from the
auditorium, the students jumped from the stage, pumping their fists,
chanting victoriously, "Si se pudo, si se pudo," Spanish for "Yes we could!"
The Minuteman Project, an organization of
volunteers founded in 2004 by Mr. Gilchrist, aims to keep illegal immigrants
out of America by alerting law enforcement officials when they attempt to
cross the border. The group uses fiery language and unorthodox tactics to
advance its platform. "Future generations will inherit a tangle of
rancorous, unassimilated, squabbling cultures with no common bond to hold
them together, and a certain guarantee of the death of this nation as a
harmonious ‘melting pot,'" the group's Web site warns.
The pandemonium that ensued as the evening's
keynote speaker took the stage was merely the climax of protest that brewed
all week. A number of campus groups, including the Chicano caucus, the
African-American student organization, and the International Socialist
organization, began planning their protests early this week when they heard
that the Minutemen would be arriving on campus.
The student protesters, who attended the event clad
in white as a sign of dissent, booed and shouted the speakers down
throughout. They interrupted Mr. Stewart, who is African-American, when he
referred to the Declaration of Independence's self-evident truth that "All
men are created equal," calling him a racist, a sellout, and a black white
supremacist.
A student's demand that Mr. Stewart speak in
Spanish elicited thundering applause and brought the protesters to their
feet. The protesters remained standing, turned their backs on Mr. Stewart
for the remainder of his remarks, and drowned him out by chanting, "Wrap it
up, wrap it up!" Mr. Stewart appeared unfazed by their behavior. He simply
smiled and bellowed, "No wonder you don't know what you're talking about."
"These are racist individuals heading a project
that terrorizes immigrants on the U.S.-Mexican border," Ryan Fukumori, a
Columbia junior who took part in the protest, told The New York Sun. "They
have no right to be able to speak here."
The student protesters "rush to vindicate
themselves with monikers like ‘liberal' and ‘open-minded,' but their
actions, their attempt to condemn the Minutemen without even hearing what
they have to say, speak otherwise," the president of the Columbia College
Republicans, Chris Kulawik, said. On campus, the Republicans' flyers
advertising the event were defaced and torn down.
The College Republicans expressed their concern
about the lack of free speech for opposing viewpoints on the Columbia campus
in the wake of the evening's events. "We've often feared that there's not
freedom of speech at Columbia for more right-wing views — and that was
proven tonight," the executive director of the Columbia College Republicans,
Lauren Steinberg, said.
The Minutemen's arrival at Columbia drew protesters
from around the city as well. An hour before Messrs. Stewart and Mr.
Gilchrist took the stage, rowdy protests began outside the auditorium on
Broadway, where activists chanted, "Hey, hey, ho, ho, the Minutemen have got
to go!"
Continued in article
Mr. Bollinger (President of Columbia
University), a legal scholar whose specialty is free
speech and the First Amendment, quickly condemned this week’s disruption.
“Students and faculty have rights to invite speakers to the campus,” he said
yesterday in an interview. “Others have rights to hear them. Those who wish to
protest have rights to do so. No one, however, shall have the right or the power
to use the cover of protest to silence speakers.” He added, “There is a vast
difference between reasonable protest that allows a speaker to continue, and
protest that makes it impossible for speech to continue.”
Karen W. Arenson and Damien Cave, "Silencing of a Speech Causes a Furor," The
New York Times, October 7, 2006 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2006/10/07/nyregion/07columbia.html?_r=1&oref=slogin
With Columbia University again under fire over
speech issues, the president is condemning anyone who prevents another’s speech
from taking place. On Wednesday, protesters stormed a stage where Jim Gilchrist,
head of the Minuteman Project, a “vigilance operation” opposing illegal
immigration, was speaking, forcing him to stop his talk. Lee C. Bollinger,
Columbia’s president, pledged that the university would investigate the incident
and procedures for making sure that speakers can give their talks. In
a statement, he said: “This is not a complicated
issue. Students and faculty have rights to invite speakers to the campus. Others
have rights to hear them. Those who wish to protest have rights to do so. No
one, however, shall have the right or the power to use the cover of protest to
silence speakers. This is a sacrosanct and inviolable principle.”
Inside Higher Ed, October 9, 2006
Brigham Young University has placed a physics professor on paid leave,
taking away the two courses he had just started teaching, because of his
statements that explosives, not planes, led to the collapse of the World Trade
Center’s two towers.
"Frays on Academic Freedom," Inside Higher Ed, September 11, 2006 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2006/09/11/disputes
Scholars who endorse dissenting views about 9/11
have been creating numerous controversies in recent weeks. Both the
University of Wisconsin at Madison and the
University of New Hampshire have resisted calls
that they remove from their classrooms scholars who believe that the United
States set off the events of 9/11. In both of those cases, numerous
politicians said that the instructors involved were not fit to teach, but
the universities said that removing them for their views would violate
principles of academic freedom.
At Brigham Young, however, the university has
placed Steven E. Jones on paid leave, and assigned other professors to teach
the two physics courses he started this semester. A statement from the
university said, in its entirety: “Physics professor Steven Jones has made
numerous statements about the collapse of the World Trade Center. BYU has
repeatedly said that it does not endorse assertions made by individual
faculty. We are, however, concerned about the increasingly speculative and
accusatory nature of these statements by Dr. Jones. Furthermore, BYU remains
concerned that Dr. Jones’ work on this topic has not been published in
appropriate scientific venues. Owing to these issues, as well as others, the
university has placed Dr. Jones on leave while we continue to review these
matters.”
Continued in article
Is Osama bin Laden merely a figment of the U.S. Satan's imagination?
The spiritual leader of Norway's Muslims told readers
of Aftenposten Monday he doubts Muslims were responsible for the 2001 terror
attacks on the United States. Imam Zulqarnain Sakandar Madni answered questions
from the newspaper's readers. "There's some good evidence that (U.S. President
George) Bush and company were behind this," he said. "See the film that's called
'Loose Change.' An American film!" He also said he doubts that al-Qaida and
Osama bin Laden exist.
"Norwegian imam: Muslims not behind 9/11," UPI, September 11, 2006 ---
http://www.upi.com/NewsTrack/view.php?StoryID=20060912-121220-8649r
I wonder if Imam Zulqarnain Sakandar Madni and his radical friends did "a
lot of research for themselves?"
In response to some of these Korey Rowe, the producer of the "Second Edition",
claimed in an interview, “We know there are errors in the documentary (Loose
Change), and we’ve actually left them in there so that people discredit us and
do the research for themselves.
Loose Change ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Loose_Change_(video)
A few dissident professors and Robert Scheer writing for The Nation
believe this fiction is fact or rely upon known falsehoods to further a
political agenda ---
http://www.thenation.com/doc/20060925/gaping_holes
And now a few words about academic freedom from New Hampshire's Democratic
Governor
and Former Dean of the Harvard Business School,
John Lynch
"Although academic freedom is important," the governor
said, "if the UNH professor is promoting that view, it reflects a reckless
disregard for the true facts and raises questions as to why such a professor
would be teaching at the university in the first place." Woodward is a member of
Scholars for 9/11 Truth, an organization that maintains the Bush administration
permitted the terrorist attacks to occur, and may even have planned them, so as
to rally the public around its policies.
Scott Brooks, "Lynch calls teacher's theories crazy as UNH stands behind 9/11
prof," Union Leader, August 29, 2006 ---
Click Here
The University of New Hampshire is refusing to fire
a tenured professor whose views on 9/11 have led many politicians in the state
to demand his dismissal.
William Woodward, a professor of psychology, is
among those academics who believe that U.S. leaders have lied about what they
know about 9/11, and were involved in a conspiracy that led to the massive
deaths on that day, setting the stage for the war with Iraq. The Union Leader, a
New Hampshire newspaper, reported on Woodward’s views on Sunday, and quoted him
(accurately, he says) saying that he includes his views in some class sessions.
Scott Jaschik, "Another Scholar Under Fire for 9/11 Views," Inside Higher Ed,
August 29, 2006 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2006/08/29/woodward
"Stretching the Definition of Academic Freedom," by John Friedl,
Inside Higher Ed, August 31, 2006 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/views/2006/08/31/friedl
Academic freedom is under attack on college
campuses across the country. The “Academic Bill of Rights,” authored by
David Horowitz, seems to be motivated by a concern that some professors are
turning their classrooms into personal forums in which they force-feed their
students a liberal political dogma unrelated to the subject matter of the
course.
Horowitz’s attempt to involve legislatures in
addressing what is clearly an academic issue is not only a dangerous
precedent, but unnecessary as well. It is dangerous because it threatens the
freedom of inquiry and critical thinking that we strive to achieve through
open discussion of controversial issues. And it is unnecessary because we
have in place institutional guidelines and professional standards that, when
properly applied, provide balance without destroying the spontaneity and
intellectual stimulation that is currently found in our classrooms.
The real problem that needs to be addressed is the
growing gap in the understanding of the concept of academic freedom shared —
or more often not shared — by faculty and administrators. Matters of
institutional policy proposed by academic administrators are increasingly —
and frequently without justification — condemned by professors as
infringements on their rights.
A few examples provide an enlightening
illustration. These examples involve what are mistakenly seen as academic
freedom issues, providing a sense of how broadly many faculty interpret the
concept and the rights it creates.
My current university for many years has provided
an e-mail list service open to all faculty and staff for virtually any
purpose: to post notices, advertise items for sale, express opinions on any
topic, and to disseminate official university announcements. As the volume
of garage sale ads grew and the expression of opinions became increasingly
vitriolic, many faculty and staff members elected to filter out messages
from the list service, with the result that they did not receive official
announcements.
As a solution to this problem, university
administrators created a second list service limited to official
announcements, in which all employees would participate without the option
of unsubscribing. The original open list remained available to all who chose
to participate. In response to this action, one faculty member sent a
message to the entire university (on the pre-existing list service)
denouncing the change as a violation of academic freedom and First Amendment
rights, because the “official” announcements would first be screened by the
University Relations Office before being posted.
A second example: At my former university, in
response to concerns over a high rate of attrition between the freshman and
sophomore year, the deans proposed a policy whereby each instructor in a
lower division course would be required to provide students with some type
of graded or appropriately evaluated work product by the end of the sixth
week of a 15-week semester. The stated purpose of the policy was to identify
students at risk early enough to help them bring their grades up to a C or
better. (The original proposal also included the suggestion that faculty
members work with students to develop a plan to improve their performance,
but that was quickly taken off the table when faculty complained of an
increase in their workload without additional compensation.)
When this proposal was discussed among the faculty,
several complained that the scheduling of exams was a faculty prerogative
protected by academic freedom, and that any attempt by university
administrators to mandate early feedback to students was an infringement
upon that right. Those who spoke out did not object to the concept of early
feedback — they just didn’t want to be told they had to do it.
Another example: At the same institution, in
preparation for its decennial review by the regional accrediting body, the
vice president for academic affairs began to assemble the mountains of
documents required for that review, including a syllabus for every course
offered. The accrediting organization guidelines list 11 items recommended
for inclusion in every course syllabus, and the vice president duly notified
the faculty, through the deans and department chairs, of this
recommendation.
The response of a surprising number of the faculty
members was to argue that what goes into their syllabus is a matter of
academic freedom, not subject to the mandate of the vice president or the
accreditor. Again, their complaints did not seem to be directed at the
suggested content, but rather they were opposed to being told what they must
put in their syllabi.
The concept of academic freedom is often viewed as
an extension of the rights granted under the First Amendment, applicable
within the limited context of the educational system. One of the earliest
definitions of academic freedom is found in the AAUP’s 1915 Declaration of
Principles on Academic Freedom and Academic Tenure. The discussion is framed
in terms of the freedom of the individual faculty member to pursue his or
her research and teaching interests without interference from “outsiders,”
whether they be members of the institution’s governing body or the public at
large.
As an indication of how far the pendulum has swung
in the 90 years since the AAUP Declaration was written, in 1915 the authors
expressed concern that “where the university is dependent for funds upon
legislative favor, ... the menace to academic freedom may consist in the
repression of opinions that in the particular political situation are deemed
ultra-conservative rather than ultra-radical.” But the authors correctly
point out that “whether the departure is in the one direction or the other
is immaterial.”
As appealing as the principle embodied in the AAUP
Declaration may be to many academic administrators and to most, if not all,
professors, that principle has not found favor in American jurisprudence.
Academic freedom is not mentioned directly in the U.S. Constitution or in
any federal statute. It was first recognized by the U.S. Supreme Court in
the 1957 case of
Sweezy v. New Hampshire, when Justice Felix
Frankfurter defined the four elements of academic freedom as: “the freedom
of an institution to decide who may attend, who may teach, what may be
taught and how it shall be taught.” Note that this definition places the
bundle of rights that make up academic freedom in the institution, not the
individual faculty member.
It is a huge leap from the AAUP Declaration to the
contention that a policy requiring a graded work product by the sixth week
or mandating 11elements in every syllabus is an abridgment of the faculty’s
constitutional rights, not to mention the claim that university
administrators have no right to screen what goes out to the campus community
as an official university announcement.
The problem, of course, goes much deeper. The real
difficulty is that on many campuses throughout the country, the expanding
concept of academic freedom has created an expectation of total individual
autonomy. Our concept of faculty status seems to have evolved from one of
employee to that of an independent contractor offering private tutorials to
the institution’s students using the institution’s resources, but unfettered
by many of the institution’s policies.
Lest any of us grow accustomed to this new order,
it is instructive to see what one federal court has said about the limits to
academic freedom. In the case of
Urofsky v. Gilmore, a prominent legal scholar
challenged a state policy aimed at restricting the use of state-owned
computers by public employees to visit pornographic Web sites. The faculty
member made the by now familiar claim that access to such information for
teaching or research is constitutionally protected under the First
Amendment, and falls within the scope of the individual faculty right to
academic freedom.
The U.S. Court of Appeals disagreed, saying that
academic freedom is not an individual right, but one that belongs to the
institution, and in this case the institution (Virginia Commonwealth
University) is an extension of the state. In the court’s words, “to the
extent the Constitution recognizes any right of ‘academic freedom’ above and
beyond the First Amendment rights to which every citizen is entitled, the
right inheres in the university, not in individual professors....” The U.S.
Supreme Court declined to review this decision, thereby allowing it to
stand. And while it is binding legal precedent only for federal courts in
the Fourth Circuit (Maryland, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia and
West Virginia), this decision will serve as a powerful influence on other
courts throughout the country.
The court’s conclusion was a shock to many of us,
administrators and faculty members alike. Even more troubling is the court’s
statement that “the [Supreme] Court has never recognized that professors
possess a First Amendment right of academic freedom to determine for
themselves the content of their courses and scholarship, despite
opportunities to do so.” But as offensive as this statement may seem to
some, it could have an unintended and beneficial consequence of bringing
faculty and administrators closer together in recognizing their common bonds
and in working toward achieving common goals for the good of their colleges
and universities.
When faculty members recognize that there are
limits to academic freedom, and that the rights ultimately reside with the
institution, there is a powerful incentive to work with academic
administrators to reach consensus on policies that will achieve important
goals. And even if administrators feel emboldened by what may at first be
perceived as a weakening of the individual faculty member’s freedom, every
seasoned academic administrator knows that without faculty cooperation and
support, even the most well-intentioned policy cannot succeed.
"Ward Churchill Fired," by Scott Jaschik,
Inside Higher Ed, July 25, 2007 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2007/07/25/churchill
More than
two and a half years after Ward Churchill’s
writings on 9/11 set off a furor,
and more than a year after a faculty panel at the University
of Colorado at Boulder found him guilty of
repeated, intentional academic misconduct,
the University of Colorado Board of
Regents voted 8-1 Tuesday evening to fire him.
The vote
followed a special, all-day meeting of the board, in which
it heard in private from Churchill, a faculty panel and from
Hank Brown, president of the University of Colorado System,
who in May
recommended dismissing Churchill
from his tenured post. The regents emerged from their
private deliberations at around 5:30 p.m. Colorado time and
voted to fire Churchill, but they did not discuss their
views and they quickly adjourned. A small group of Churchill
supporters in the audience shouted “bullshit” as the board
vote was announced.
While the
firing is effective immediately, Churchill is entitled under
Colorado regulations to receive one year’s salary, which for
him is just under $100,000.
Churchill
predicted prior to the meeting that he would be fired and
vowed to file a suit against the university, as early as
today. In a press conference after the vote, Churchill
repeated his argument that the board fired him primarily
because of his political views, which he said are
“inconvenient and uncomfortable” to the powerful. He vowed
to keep “fighting the fight” and said that the impact of the
case goes “way beyond Ward Churchill” and will hinder
freedom of expression generally. Churchill was upbeat during
the news conference, which also featured Native American
drumming and chanting by supporters.
In an
interview Tuesday night after the vote, Brown, the system
president, said that the evidence against Churchill for
scholarly misconduct was overwhelming. “I think it was the
depth of the falsification that ultimately led to the
outcome,” Brown said. “It wasn’t just one or two or three or
four, but numerous incidents of intentional falsification,”
such that Brown believed that in the end board members “felt
like they didn’t have a choice.”
Brown, who
was present for the board’s discussions with Churchill and
the faculty panel that reviewed the case, but not for the
deliberations, said that board members seemed focused not on
the question of Churchill’s guilt, but of the punishment.
Brown said that the lone regent who voted against firing did
so based only on the issue of firing him, not out of any
disagreement with the finding that he had committed
misconduct.
The meaning
of the Churchill case has been heatedly debated over the
past two-plus years. To Churchill and his defenders, he is a
victim of politics and of a right wing attack on freedom of
thought. To Brown and others at the university, Churchill’s
case is not about politics at all about enforcing academic
integrity and punishing those who don’t live up to basic
rules of research honesty. To many others in academe, the
Churchill case has been less clearcut. Many academics have
said that they are troubled by both the findings of research
misconduct against Churchill and by the reality that
his work received intense scrutiny only after his political
views drew attention to him.
Churchill
has been working at Boulder since 1978 and has been a
tenured professor of ethnic studies since 1991. In the years
before 2005, he gained a reputation at Colorado and on the
college lecture circuit nationally as an impassioned speaker
and writer on behalf of Native Americans. Most of his
speeches were attended by supporters of his views, so he did
not attract widespread criticism.
All of that
changed early in 2005, however, when Churchill was scheduled
to speak at Hamilton College. Some professors there, who did
not feel Churchill was an ideal speaker, circulated some of
his writings, including an essay with the the now notorious
remark comparing World Trade Center victims on 9/11 to
“little Eichmanns.” Within days, the controversy spread —
with Hamilton under pressure to uninvite Churchill and
Colorado under pressure to fire him. Hamilton stood by its
invitation, on academic freedom grounds, but in the end
called off the appearance, based on threats of violence.
As the
University of Colorado considered what to do, a series of
accusations against Churchill started to come in that
involved his scholarly practices. While Churchill repeatedly
has portrayed his critics as conservatives, a number of
those who brought complaints against him share his fury at
the U.S. government’s treatment of Native Americans. The
complaints included charges of plagiarism, of false
descriptions of other scholars’ work or historical evidence,
and of fabrications. The university first determined that it
could not fire Churchill based on his statements about 9/11,
but that it could investigate the other allegations
of misconduct, which it then proceeded
to do. Three separate faculty panels then found Churchill
guilty of multiple instances of research misconduct. The
various panels had splits on whether Churchill deserved to
be fired and those splits were complicated.
For example,
the Boulder faculty panel that first found Churchill guilty
of misconduct had five members. One member suggested that
Churchill be fired. Two recommended that he be suspended for
five years without pay. And two recommended that he be
suspended for two years without pay. But the two panel
members who preferred a five-year suspension said that they
— like the panel member who favored dismissal — would find
revocation of tenure and firing to be “not an improper
sanction” for Churchill, given the seriousness of the
findings. Thus Churchill’s defenders were able to say that
the panel didn’t want him fired and his critics were able to
say that the panel’s majority saw firing as appropriate.
Ultimately,
the university’s Board of Regents alone had the authority to
fire. Board members have widely been expected to dismiss
Churchill, but they have been circumspect about the case for
months. With Churchill threatening to sue, regents were
sensitive to any suggestion that they were doing anything
except follow standard procedures for allegations of
misconduct serious enough to merit firing a tenured
professor.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on the Ward Churchill
Saga are at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/HypocrisyChurchill.htm
Should Academic Left Defend Churchill?
The debate might be summed up in an analogy offered by
one of the faculty panels that reviewed Churchill and found that he committed,
intentionally,
all kinds of research misconduct. Committee members
said that they were uncomfortable with the fact that Colorado ignored serious
allegations against Churchill for years, and took them seriously only when his
politics attracted attention. The panel compared the situation to one in which a
motorist is stopped for speeding because a police officer doesn’t like the
bumper sticker on her car. If she was speeding, she was speeding — regardless of
the officer’s motives, the panel said.
Scott Jaschik, "Should Academic Left Defend Churchill?" Inside Higher Ed,
July 25, 2006 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2006/07/24/churchill
Bob Jensen's threads on Ward Churchill are at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/HypocrisyChurchill.htm
Question
Should the academic freedom principles guarantee the right to teach astrology?
"Conspiracy Theories 101," by Stanley Fish, The New York Times, July
23, 2006 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2006/07/23/opinion/23fish.html?_r=1&pagewanted=print&oref=slogin
KEVIN BARRETT, a lecturer at the University of
Wisconsin at Madison, has now taken his place alongside Ward Churchill of
the University of Colorado as a college teacher whose views on 9/11 have led
politicians and ordinary citizens to demand that he be fired.
Mr. Barrett, who has a one-semester contract to
teach a course titled “Islam: Religion and Culture,” acknowledged on a radio
talk show that he has shared with students his strong conviction that the
destruction of the World Trade Center was an inside job perpetrated by the
American government. The predictable uproar ensued, and the equally
predictable battle lines were drawn between those who disagree about what
the doctrine of academic freedom does and does not allow.
Mr. Barrett’s critics argue that academic freedom
has limits and should not be invoked to justify the dissemination of lies
and fantasies. Mr. Barrett’s supporters (most of whom are not partisans of
his conspiracy theory) insist that it is the very point of an academic
institution to entertain all points of view, however unpopular. (This was
the position taken by the university’s provost, Patrick Farrell, when he
ruled on July 10 that Mr. Barrett would be retained: “We cannot allow
political pressure from critics of unpopular ideas to inhibit the free
exchange of ideas.”)
Both sides get it wrong. The problem is that each
assumes that academic freedom is about protecting the content of a
professor’s speech; one side thinks that no content should be ruled out in
advance; while the other would draw the line at propositions (like the
denial of the Holocaust or the flatness of the world) considered by almost
everyone to be crazy or dangerous.
But in fact, academic freedom has nothing to do
with content. It is not a subset of the general freedom of Americans to say
anything they like (so long as it is not an incitement to violence or is
treasonous or libelous). Rather, academic freedom is the freedom of
academics to study anything they like; the freedom, that is, to subject any
body of material, however unpromising it might seem, to academic
interrogation and analysis.
Academic freedom means that if I think that there
may be an intellectual payoff to be had by turning an academic lens on
material others consider trivial — golf tees, gourmet coffee, lingerie ads,
convenience stores, street names, whatever — I should get a chance to try.
If I manage to demonstrate to my peers and students that studying this
material yields insights into matters of general intellectual interest,
there is a new topic under the academic sun and a new subject for classroom
discussion.
In short, whether something is an appropriate
object of academic study is a matter not of its content — a crackpot theory
may have had a history of influence that well rewards scholarly scrutiny —
but of its availability to serious analysis. This point was missed by the
author of a comment posted to the blog of a University of Wisconsin law
professor, Ann Althouse: “When is the University of Wisconsin hiring a
professor of astrology?” The question is obviously sarcastic; its intention
is to equate the 9/11-inside-job theory with believing in the predictive
power of astrology, and to imply that since the university wouldn’t think of
hiring someone to teach the one, it should have known better than to hire
someone to teach the other.
But the truth is that it would not be at all
outlandish for a university to hire someone to teach astrology — not to
profess astrology and recommend it as the basis of decision-making (shades
of Nancy Reagan), but to teach the history of its very long career. There
is, after all, a good argument for saying that Shakespeare, Chaucer and
Dante, among others, cannot be fully understood unless one understands
astrology.
The distinction I am making — between studying
astrology and proselytizing for it — is crucial and can be generalized; it
shows us where the line between the responsible and irresponsible practice
of academic freedom should always be drawn. Any idea can be brought into the
classroom if the point is to inquire into its structure, history, influence
and so forth. But no idea belongs in the classroom if the point of
introducing it is to recruit your students for the political agenda it may
be thought to imply.
And this is where we come back to Mr. Barrett, who,
in addition to being a college lecturer, is a member of a group calling
itself Scholars for 9/11 Truth, an organization with the decidedly political
agenda of persuading Americans that the Bush administration “not only
permitted 9/11 to happen but may even have orchestrated these events.”
Is the fact of this group’s growing presence on the
Internet a reason for studying it in a course on 9/11? Sure. Is the
instructor who discusses the group’s arguments thereby endorsing them? Not
at all. It is perfectly possible to teach a viewpoint without embracing it
and urging it. But the moment a professor does embrace and urge it, academic
study has ceased and been replaced by partisan advocacy. And that is a
moment no college administration should allow to occur.
Provost Farrell doesn’t quite see it that way,
because he is too hung up on questions of content and balance. He thinks
that the important thing is to assure a diversity of views in the classroom,
and so he is reassured when Mr. Barrett promises to surround his
“unconventional” ideas and “personal opinions” with readings “representing a
variety of viewpoints.”
But the number of viewpoints Mr. Barrett presents
to his students is not the measure of his responsibility. There is, in fact,
no academic requirement to include more than one view of an academic issue,
although it is usually pedagogically useful to do so. The true requirement
is that no matter how many (or few) views are presented to the students,
they should be offered as objects of analysis rather than as candidates for
allegiance.
There is a world of difference, for example,
between surveying the pro and con arguments about the Iraq war, a perfectly
appropriate academic assignment, and pressing students to come down on your
side. Of course the instructor who presides over such a survey is likely to
be a partisan of one position or the other — after all, who doesn’t have an
opinion on the Iraq war? — but it is part of a teacher’s job to set personal
conviction aside for the hour or two when a class is in session and allow
the techniques and protocols of academic research full sway.
This restraint should not be too difficult to
exercise. After all, we require and expect it of judges, referees and
reporters. And while its exercise may not always be total, it is both
important and possible to make the effort.
Thus the question Provost Farrell should put to Mr.
Barrett is not “Do you hold these views?” (he can hold any views he likes)
or “Do you proclaim them in public?” (he has that right no less that the
rest of us) or even “Do you surround them with the views of others?”
Rather, the question should be: “Do you separate
yourself from your partisan identity when you are in the employ of the
citizens of Wisconsin and teach subject matter — whatever it is — rather
than urge political action?” If the answer is yes, allowing Mr. Barrett to
remain in the classroom is warranted. If the answer is no, (or if a yes
answer is followed by classroom behavior that contradicts it) he should be
shown the door. Not because he would be teaching the “wrong” things, but
because he would have abandoned teaching for indoctrination.
The advantage of this way of thinking about the
issue is that it outflanks the sloganeering and posturing both sides indulge
in: on the one hand, faculty members who shout “academic freedom” and mean
by it an instructor’s right to say or advocate anything at all with
impunity; on the other hand, state legislators who shout “not on our dime”
and mean by it that they can tell academics what ideas they can and cannot
bring into the classroom.
All you have to do is remember that academic
freedom is just that: the freedom to do an academic job without external
interference. It is not the freedom to do other jobs, jobs you are neither
trained for nor paid to perform. While there should be no restrictions on
what can be taught — no list of interdicted ideas or topics — there should
be an absolute restriction on appropriating the scene of teaching for
partisan political ideals. Teachers who use the classroom to indoctrinate
make the enterprise of higher education vulnerable to its critics and
shortchange students in the guise of showing them the true way.
Stanley Fish is a law professor at Florida International University.
Jensen Comment
It has always seemed to me that professors should have extreme freedom to teach
what fits within the constraints of the curriculum plan adopted by the college
as a whole. Every college has what is tantamount to a Curriculum Council that
approves contents of the curriculum. The fact that Barrett is allowed to teach
that the President of the United States deliberately targeted the deaths of over
3,000 Americans on 9/11 implies that the University of Wisconsin has approved
this nonsense in the curriculum plan.
Bob Jensen's threads on the saga of Ward Churchill and academic hypocrisy
are at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/hypocrisy.htm
When Professors Can’t Get Along
The American Association of University Professors — a
champion of open debate and free exchange — is having some difficulties with the
nature of debate in its own (virtual) house. The association last week told
those signed up for its listserv that it was shutting down. “In recent weeks,
many subscribers have withdrawn from the list, complaining of the nature and
tone of some of the postings. More recently, anonymous messages containing
allegations against other members have been posted, raising possible legal
concerns. In light of these occurrences, it has been determined that AAUP-General
be closed,”
the
message said.
Scott Jaschik, Inside Higher Ed, September 25, 2007 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2007/09/25/aaup
Not Even One Conservative for
Tokenism: Duke is for Democrats and so is the University of Iowa
The University of Iowa's history department and
Duke's history department have a couple of things in common. Both have made
national news because neither has a Republican faculty member. And both rejected
the application of Mark Moyar, a highly qualified historian and a Republican,
for a faculty appointment. Moyar graduated first in the history department at
Harvard; his revised senior thesis was published as a book and sold more copies
than an average history professor ever sells. After earning a Ph.D. from
Cambridge University in England, he published his dissertation as "Triumph
Forsaken: The Vietnam War, 1954-1965" with Cambridge University Press, which has
received even more attention and praise. Moyar's views of Vietnam are
controversial and have garnered scorn and abuse from liberal historians,
including the department chair at the University of Iowa, Colin Gordon. Moyar
revealed on his resume that he is a member of the National Association of
Scholars, a group generally to the right of the normal academic organization.
Gordon and his colleagues at Iowa were undoubtedly aware of Moyar's conservative
leaning and historical view. Moyar is undoubtedly qualified. He is
unquestionably diverse; his views are antithetical to many of the Iowa
professors' views. Yet the Iowa department hired someone who had neither
received degrees from institutions similar to Cambridge and Harvard nor
published a book despite having completed graduate school eight years earlier
(history scholars are expected to publish books within approximately six years
of finishing their doctorates). In the Iowa history department there are 27
Democrats and zero Republicans. The Iowa hiring guidelines mandate that search
committees "assess ways the applicants will bring rich experiences, diverse
backgrounds and ideology to the university community." After seeking a freedom
of information disclosure, Moyar learned that the Iowa history department had,
in fact, not complied with the hiring manual. It seemed that Moyar was rejected
for his political and historical stands. Maybe it was an unlikely aberration.
But Moyar told the Duke College Republicans earlier this fall that he is
skeptical because an application of his a few years ago at Duke for a history
professorship progressed in much the same way it proceeded in Iowa.
The Duke Chronicle, November 1, 2007 ---
Click Here
Let's face it! Accounting, professors' job performance, and vegetable
nutrition have a lot systemic problems in common ---
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#BadNews
"Why I Hate Annual Evaluations," by Ben Yagoda, Chronicle of Higher
Education, March 28, 2010 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/Why-I-Hate-Annual-Evaluations/64815/
There are three things I don't like about my job.
Two of them are pretty obvious and completely unoriginal: correcting papers
and attending department meetings. The third thing is somewhat obvious as
well, but I hesitate to name it, for fear that it will make me look whiny.
However, that battle has probably already been
lost, so here goes: I hate my annual evaluation.
To the extent that this evaluation is necessary, it
is because of the collective-bargaining agreement between the University of
Delaware and our campus chapter of the American Association of University
Professors. As long as I've been here—going on 18 years—the agreement has
divided our annual pay raises into two parts. The first part is across the
board. This year our raise was 4 percent, of which 1.5 percent was across
the board, meaning, for example, that a full professor making the minimum
salary of about $85,000 got a raise of about $1,275.
The other part of the raise is based on "merit,"
and it works as follows. The average faculty salary is calculated. Say it is
$100,000. Every unit gets a pot of cash equivalent to 2.5 percent, or
$2,500, multiplied by the number of faculty members in the unit. In my unit,
the English department, that would be roughly 50 bodies. The chairman of the
department evaluates each professor's performance. The professor who is
precisely in the middle gets a $2,500 merit raise. Those rated higher will
get more, those rated lower will get less, but the average merit raise has
to be $2,500.
In other words, no department can be a Lake Wobegon,
where all the children are above average.
On paper, this all seems reasonable, and I freely
admit that part of my outsized resentment of the process stems from my own
quirks. It requires a lot of paperwork and rewards good record keeping. I
despise paperwork and am truly terrible at record keeping. (It is a cruel
twist of fate in my world that evaluation time and tax time arrive
together.) My early experience in the working world taught me that I also
deeply and irrationally resent being judged by a boss, which is probably the
main reason why, before becoming an academic, I was a freelance writer and
thus my own boss. Now here I am being evaluated by the department chair, who
isn't really my boss, but at this point the difference seems negligible.
But I maintain that some of my gripes have
objective merit. American colleges and universities, including the
University of Delaware, still view faculty members as a group of scholars
and teachers devoted to and bound by self-instilled standards of excellence.
Tenure, as long as it continues to exist, must and does require evaluation.
But—crucially—at Delaware and elsewhere, that evaluation and judgment are
performed not by the chair but by one's peers (ultimately ratified or not,
to be sure, by provosts, presidents, and other higher-ups).
For faculty members who will eventually go up for
tenure, it definitely makes sense to get input from as many sources as
possible, so I'll grant that for them an annual evaluation by the chair
makes sense. But for tenured faculty members? No—at least not the way we do
it at my university.
Every year around this time, we submit our
materials—publications, syllabi, evidence of service, and so forth—and fill
out a Web form. The chair, who has meanwhile received copies of students'
evaluations of our teaching, rates all of us on a scale of 1 (the worst) to
9 (the best) in scholarship, service, and teaching. Different percentages
are accorded to each area based on an elaborate formula, but generally
speaking, for tenured and tenure-track professors, scholarship counts for
roughly 50 percent, teaching 40 percent, and service 10 percent.
The whole thing is undignified and unseemly. What,
exactly, is the difference between a 5 and 7 in service? Number of
committees served on? Hours spent? Scholarship is even more thorny, because
as everyone knows, an article does not equal an article. Do two short
articles in PMLA equal a New York Review of Books mega-essay, or do I have
to throw in a draft choice and a player to be named later? Number of words
produced and place of publication are important, to be sure, but quality
trumps them both. And how can our chair be expected to judge the quality of
the work of every faculty member, some of whom work in fields very different
from his? The answer is he can't.
Evaluating teaching has its own well-documented set
of problems. We honor faculty autonomy to the extent that evaluators are not
welcome in another professor's classroom, and we are still a good distance
away from giving students No Child Left Behind tests that would "assess" the
extent to which a certain course has achieved its "goals." That's well and
good, but it doesn't leave much as a basis for judgment. There are syllabi
and the narrative Teaching Statements we provide each year, and sometimes
the evidence of a new course devised and designed, but the main thing used
to assess teaching are student evaluations. Those have some value, but they
are most assuredly not the whole story when it comes to the quality of one's
teaching. If they were, we might as well outsource the whole process to
RateMyProfessors.com.
The unseemliness multiplies when my colleagues (as
they often do) complain loudly and frequently about the marks they have
gotten. I would be embarrassed to tell you how many laments I have listened
to along the lines of, "I published a book, and he only gave me a 7!" I
would bet our students don't kvetch as much about their grades.
And what are the consequences of our evaluations?
In the 50-40-10 scholarship-teaching-service ratio, the difference between a
7 and a 9 rating in scholarship is about $540 a year. After taxes, that
comes out to maybe $400 a year, or $8 a week. Not only is that not much, but
for almost everyone, it gets evened out over time; some years, you can
expect to get maybe a little lower rating than you "really" deserve, some
years a little higher. For this my colleagues gnash their teeth and lose
sleep?
Several years ago, I came up with another way to
evaluate faculty performance, based on the understanding that we all expect
excellent work from ourselves and one another. Take the average merit raise
and give almost everyone in the department a raise slightly lower than that;
in the example I've been working with, that could be $2,300. That way, a
handful of colleagues who publish major books or get major awards or stellar
teaching evaluations can receive a slightly higher raise. And if a couple of
people are blatantly not carrying their weight, they can get a little less.
I proposed my idea at a department meeting, and it
was summarily shot down. My explanation for this is Freud's notion of the
narcissism of small differences—our need to exaggerate the minimal
distinctions between ourselves and people very much like ourselves.
Even as I write, we are negotiating our next
collective-bargaining agreement. Word on the street is that salaries will be
frozen for next year. If that happens, I will be secretly glad, and you know
why: It could very possibly mean no annual evaluation!
Ben Yagoda is a professor of English at the
University of Delaware and author, most recently, of Memoir: A History
(Riverhead Books, 2009). His blog on higher education is at
http://campuscomments.wordpress.com
Bob Jensen's threads on assessment are at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/assess.htm
A Call for Professional Attire on Campus
"A Call for Professional Attire," by Erik M. Jensen,
Inside Higher Ed, February 8, 2008 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/views/2008/02/08/jensen
In his Journals, Arthur Schlesinger Jr.
noted a hotel’s faded elegance:
“[T]he lobby is filled with tieless men wearing double-knit trousers.”
Tielessness: a bad sign everywhere.
Professors, it’s been said, are the
worst-dressed middle-class occupational group in America. Instead of being
role models, we’ve convinced everyone to slum. As clothing theorist Nicholas
Antongiavanni explains in The Suit: A Machiavellian Approach to Men’s Style,
“[M]any came to believe the protestation of academics that taste was nothing
but a fraud perpetrated by the great to keep down the people.
It was not always so. In the academic
golden age, outliers who refused to follow high standards were viewed with
disdain. Edward Larson describes a law professor who, after being fired,
represented Scopes in the 1925 monkey trial. John Randolph Neal could walk
into a faculty lounge today and, without having evolved a bit, fit right in:
Neal never spent much time on campus —
often arriving late, if at all, for class, devoting class time to rambling
lectures about current political issues rather than to the course subject
matter, and giving all his law students a grade of 95 without reading their
exams. The dean also complained about Neal’s “slovenly” dress, which later
deteriorated into complete disregard for personal appearance and
cleanliness.
At the trial, “[u]nwashed and unshaven as
usual, [Neal] lectured the court in a manner reminiscent of his chaotic
teaching style.”
During Paul Fussell’s teaching career,
“practically compulsory was the daily get-up of gray flannel trousers and
tweed jacket, often, of course, with leather elbow patches, suggestive at
once of two honorable conditions: poverty and learning,” according to
Uniforms: Why We Are What We Wear. When tweed was no longer boss, however,
scruffiness became the standard. At Tom Wolfe’s Dupont University, “the
current fashion among male professors ... was scrupulously improper
cheap-looking shirts, open at the throat, ... and cotton pants with no
creases — jeans, khakis, corduroys — to distinguish themselves from the mob,
which is to say, the middle class.”
If we’re going to have a dress code
anyway, we should be able to do better than “scrupulously improper.” I
therefore propose a Uniform Uniform Code (a lawyers joke — sorry) for
professors. My effort to change clothes might not be fully successful, but
there’s hope. As Michael Bérubé says, “[D]ressing fashionably in academia is
like clearing the four-foot high jump. The bar is not that high.”
I. The Childlike Professoriate
Why the dress problem? Professors might be
grown-ups chronologically, but, if you’ve attended faculty meetings, you
know we haven’t gotten the behavior patterns right. Joseph Epstein writes:
One of the divisions of the contemporary
world is between those who are prepared to dress (roughly) their age and
those who see clothes as a means to fight off age.... I know of associate
deans who never wear neckties. Others — balding, paunchy, droopy-lidded —
have not had a fabric other than denim touch their hindquarters for decades.
They, poor dears, believe they are staying young.
Roger Kimball adds, “There is something
about the combination of denim and tenure that is inherently preposterous.”
Trying to look like students is partly
self-denial, but scruffily dressed faculty also have highfalutin goals. Some
sartorial underachievement is aimed at furthering a “nurturing” atmosphere.
The classroom setting should be non-confrontational, it’s argued, with
professors and students hangin’ out as buddies.
But it doesn’t work, except perhaps for
sexual poaching. Radical economist Bob Lamb discovered “that if I buy my
suits at Brooks Brothers and look like a banker, it is much easier to get
Harvard students to believe what I am telling them.” Bonding is nice only if
you don’t expect intellectual activity.
Dress once represented a quest for
excellence, not leveling, as Donald Kagan noted in a paean to Joltin’ Joe:
[H]is day was not ours. America was a
democracy, but of a different kind. Its people were more respectful of
excellence, both of matter and manner. . . . People wanted to behave
according to a higher and better code because they believed that in doing so
they would themselves become better, worthier, “classier.” Those who are too
young to remember should look at the movies and photographs of games at
Yankee Stadium in DiMaggio’s day. The men wore white shirts and ties under
coats and hats, the proper attire in public, even at a ball game.
Russell Baker thinks the shift to
shiftlessness occurred in the 1960s:
People [then] had so much money that they
could afford to look poor. Men quit wearing fedoras and three-piece suits to
Yankee Stadium and affected a hobo chic — all whiskers and no creases. Women
quit buying hats and high-heeled shoes and started swearing like Marine
sergeants.
People generally act better when they’re
dressed right. If a professor is sending a signal of seriousness, of
civility, students will pick it up. I defer to no one in admiring the
Marines, but the world is not a better place when everyone is swearing like
a Marine sergeant and dressing in hobo chic.
II. The Code
Here’s a draft Uniform Uniform Code:
Continued in article
U.S. Supreme Court Speaks Out About Religion on Campus
"A More Porous Church-State Wall," by Scott Jaschik, Inside Higher Ed,
March 14, 2007 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2007/03/14/religion
The developments in the last week
include the following:
- A federal judge ruled that the
University of Wisconsin at Madison
could not deny funds from student fees to a Roman
Catholic group
just because
that group violates the university’s anti-discrimination
policies.
- The California Supreme Court
ruled that government agencies
could issue bonds
on behalf of
Azusa Pacific University and California Baptist
University even though those institutions are
“pervasively sectarian.”
- The College of William and
Mary announced that it
would restore to permanent display
a cross that had been
removed from a historic chapel, setting off alumni
protests and the announcement that one donor was
rescinding plans to bequeath $12 million.
In the last year, meanwhile, there
have been these developments:
In one case in the last year, a
federal judge ruled that a college — in this case the
University of California’s Hastings College of Law —
could enforce its anti-bias rules
against a Christian group, but that case is being appealed,
and even some legal observers who very much applaud the
decision in that case aren’t sure it will survive.
From Rosenberger to Today
Given that many public colleges
have believed for years that they were on solid ground
applying their anti-bias statutes to religious groups
(effectively keeping them from the benefits accorded
“recognized” student groups) or barring funds from going to
religious groups, how did the law change under them? While
the Rosenberger case cleared the way for financial
support, there was an earlier case that set the stage for
Rosenberger. In a 1981 case involving the University of
Missouri at Kansas City, the Supreme Court ruled that if a
public college makes its space generally available to
student groups,
it can’t automatically exclude religious student groups from
this space.
In that case, though, many colleges
thought that the state role was minimal as there was not an
issue of support with mandatory student fees collected by
the college. The Rosenberger case did deal with such
fees and covered much the same philosophical ground of many
of the cases of the last year, in that religious students
publishing Wide Awake focused on their rights of free
expression while the university focused on separation of
church and state. The university noted throughout the case
that it never tried to stop the students from printing their
paper or distributing it — that the only line it drew was
providing funds for it.
The majority decision in the case
came down squarely on the side that this was a free speech
issue. “Were the prohibition applied with much vigor at all,
it would bar funding of essays by hypothetical student
contributors named Plato, Spinoza, and Descartes. And if the
regulation covers, as the university says it does, those
student journalistic efforts which primarily manifest or
promote a belief that there is no deity and no ultimate
reality, then undergraduates named Karl Marx, Bertrand
Russell, and Jean-Paul Sartre would likewise have some of
their major essays excluded from student publications,” the
ruling said.
While the dissent focused on the
question of religious speech being different from other
speech, the majority opinion largely rejected that view.
Pell of the Center for Individual
Rights said that he thinks the reason so many colleges in
recent years have still focused more on church-state
separation than on free association for religious students
is that Rosenberger was such a radical departure.
“This was a huge shift in philosophy and thinking and there
are many people who disagree with that and who have been
trying to find ways around that shift,” he said. “This is
part of a deeper cultural battle.”
Continued in article
The Religious Battle of Vanderbilt: Booting Christian groups from
campus—all in the name of 'nondiscrimination' ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/VanderbiltReligion.htm
On matters sexual and soulful, colleges can
be divided into two categories, the “spiritual” and the “evangelical” — the
former the domain of hookup culture, the latter of purity culture, according to
Donna Freitas, an assistant professor of religion at Boston University and
author of the new book, Sex and the Soul: Juggling Sexuality,
Spirituality, Romance, and Religion on America’s College Campuses (Oxford
University Press).
"Sex and the Soul," by Elizabeth Redden, Inside Higher Ed, April 16,
2008 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2008/04/15/sexsoul
“I think probably most people would expect the
logical division to be between religiously-affiliated schools and
nonreligiously-affiliated schools,” says Freitas, who, in researching the
book, interviewed and collected online journal entries from 111 students and
surveyed more than 2,500 undergraduates at seven different colleges
described as Catholic, evangelical, nonreligious private and public (the
institutions are not identified in the book, other than by affiliation,
geographic location and size).
“Catholic schools, they may as well be public
institutions, in terms of attitudes about sex and religion. Evangelical
colleges were just completely different.”
Despite
research showing that the overwhelming majority of college students consider
themselves “spiritual,” Freitas finds that
students at the private secular, public and Catholic colleges (the
“spiritual” institutions in her classification system) generally treat sex
as a secular act. “They’re secular only in the sexual aspect,” Freitas
writes. “Given the large percentage of students self-identifying with
religion and/or spirituality, one might reasonably expect students to make
meaning of their sexual lives via these resources. Yet religion and
spirituality have almost no influence on student behavior related to
romance, love, and sex at the spiritual colleges.”
At Catholic colleges, Freitas writes that many
students were apathetic about faith traditions and some “literally laughed
out loud” at the church’s teachings on sex. And at Catholic and nonsectarian
public and private colleges, hookup cultures — hookups are defined as
physically intimate encounters occurring outside long-term relationships —
dominate the social scene.
But Freitas finds that many students who
participate in the hookup scene do so with serious qualms – and “suffer in
silence.”
“It seems like students feel the need to hide their
belief systems,” Freitas says. “You’re pretty much just floating…If you’re
already floating and you’re afraid to stand anywhere because you might get
left out, people might not like you, people may reject you, you float where
everybody floats and if it happens to be toward hookup culture, that’s where
you end up.”
By contrast, she finds that students at evangelical
institutions are extraordinarily well-anchored. “Religion and sex are
inseparable. You can’t even begin to think about sex without grounding that
reflection in God and your Christianity.” But, Freitas points out, for
students who feel they can’t live up to or fit into the pervading purity
culture, the anchor weighs them down – sometimes tragically.
“It’s like you’re failing everyone at once and
you’re failing your faith tradition and you’re failing God. You can almost
go down in an instant with one night of having sex. That is a pretty
precarious way to live,” says Freitas.
Women at evangelical colleges are expected to wait
passively but at the same time are under “extreme” pressures to marry – the
so-called “senior scramble” describes “the mad dash to find a husband by
graduation.” The experiences of gay and lesbian students at evangelical
colleges were mixed. Freitas recalls, for instance, one breezily bisexual
female student, known by the pseudonym “Molly Bainbridge,” who had found her
own community, one she called “Heretics Anonymous.” Yet, another evangelical
college student, “Steven Parsons,” was probably, Freitas says, her most
heart-breaking interview. Attracted to other men though he didn’t want to
accept it, “he was an example of someone who was just shattered by his
sexual identity not fitting into what’s being preached.”
“On the flipside at evangelical campuses, what I
saw that I didn’t see at other places was a level of integrated community.
Talk about educating the whole person. I’ve never seen anything like it,”
Freitas says. “Watching a community build itself around shared values was
pretty extraordinary and I think really fulfilling for most of the students
even if it can be stressful.”
“It’s not like I’m advocating, ‘You all should
become evangelical colleges,’ but I do think the way campus community is
formed is pretty fantastic,” Freitas continues. “One of the things I saw at
other [spiritual] campuses was such a yearning to express the personal, [for
students] to express themselves — and meeting up with such roadblocks.”
"The new astrology: By fetishising mathematical models, economists
turned economics into a highly paid pseudoscience," by Alan Jay Levinovitz,
AEON, May 2016 ---
https://aeon.co/essays/how-economists-rode-maths-to-become-our-era-s-astrologers
Since
the 2008 financial crisis, colleges and universities have faced increased
pressure to identify essential disciplines, and cut the rest. In 2009,
Washington State University announced it would eliminate the department of
theatre and dance, the department of community and rural sociology, and the
German major – the same year that the University of Louisiana at Lafayette
ended its philosophy major. In 2012, Emory University in Atlanta did away
with the visual arts department and its journalism programme. The cutbacks
aren’t restricted to the humanities: in 2011, the state of Texas announced
it would eliminate nearly half of its public undergraduate physics
programmes. Even when there’s no downsizing, faculty salaries have been
frozen and departmental budgets have shrunk.
But
despite the funding crunch, it’s a bull market for academic economists.
According to a 2015 sociological
study in the
Journal of Economic
Perspectives, the median salary of economics teachers in 2012
increased to $103,000 – nearly $30,000 more than sociologists. For the top
10 per cent of economists, that figure jumps to $160,000, higher than the
next most lucrative academic discipline – engineering. These figures, stress
the study’s authors, do not include other sources of income such as
consulting fees for banks and hedge funds, which, as many learned from the
documentary Inside Job
(2010), are often substantial. (Ben Bernanke, a former academic economist
and ex-chairman of the Federal Reserve, earns $200,000-$400,000 for a single
appearance.)
Unlike engineers and chemists,
economists cannot point to concrete objects – cell phones, plastic – to
justify the high valuation of their discipline. Nor, in the case of
financial economics and macroeconomics, can they point to the predictive
power of their theories. Hedge funds employ cutting-edge economists who
command princely fees, but routinely underperform index funds. Eight years
ago, Warren Buffet made a 10-year, $1 million bet that a portfolio of hedge
funds would lose to the S&P 500, and it looks like he’s going to collect. In
1998, a fund that boasted two Nobel Laureates as advisors collapsed, nearly
causing a global financial crisis.
The
failure of the field to predict the 2008 crisis has also been
well-documented. In 2003, for example, only five years before the Great
Recession, the Nobel Laureate Robert E Lucas Jr
told the American Economic Association that
‘macroeconomics […] has succeeded: its central problem of depression
prevention has been solved’. Short-term predictions fair little better – in
April 2014, for instance,
a survey of 67 economists yielded 100 per cent
consensus: interest rates would rise over the next six months. Instead, they
fell. A lot.
Nonetheless,
surveys indicate that economists see their
discipline as ‘the most scientific of the social sciences’. What is the
basis of this collective faith, shared by universities, presidents and
billionaires? Shouldn’t successful and powerful people be the first to spot
the exaggerated worth of a discipline, and the least likely to pay for it?
In the hypothetical worlds of
rational markets, where much of economic theory is set, perhaps. But
real-world history tells a different story, of mathematical models
masquerading as science and a public eager to buy them, mistaking elegant
equations for empirical accuracy.
Real Science versus Pseudo Science ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm#Pseudo-Science
Jensen Comment
Academic accounting (accountics) scientists took economic
astrology a step further when their leading journals stopped encouraging and
publishing commentaries and replications of published articles ---
How Accountics Scientists Should Change:
"Frankly, Scarlett, after I get a hit for my resume in The Accounting Review
I just don't give a damn"
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
Times are changing in social science research (including
economics) where misleading p-values are no longer the Holy Grail. Change among
accountics scientist will lag behind change in social science research but some
day leading academic accounting research journals may publish articles without
equations and/or articles of interest to some accounting practitioner somewhere
in the world ---
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong
Booth Graduate School of Business at the University of Chicago ---
https://www.chicagobooth.edu/
Eugene Fama ---
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eugene_Fama
Kenneth French ---
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kenneth_French
David Booth Brings Academic Research to Life ---
http://www.institutionalinvestor.com/article/3552928/investors-endowments-and-foundations/david-booth-brings-academic-research-to-life.html#/.Vzy3Co-cEcQ
Jensen Comment
Although David Booth is doing well bringing academic research to life, we can
also remember how two Nobel Prize winning economics professors (Merton and
Scholes) and some of their doctoral students brought academic research to death
in the infamous Long Term Capital Management (LTCM) trillion dollar failure
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRottenPart2.htm#LTCM
Controversies in Doctoral and Other Graduate Programs
Question
Given the dire shortages of doctoral students in accountancy, should the
requirement for doctoral degrees be eliminated in higher education?
Perhaps I'm old and tired, but I always think that the chances of finding
out what really is going on are so absurdly remote that the only thing to do
is to say hang the sense of it and just keep yourself occupied.
Douglas Adams
There are two explanations one can give for this
state of affairs here. The first is due to the great English economist Maurice
Dobb according to whom the theory of value was replaced in the United States by
theory of price. May be, the consequence for us today is that we know the price
of everything but perhaps the value of nothing. Economics divorced from politics
and philosophy is vacuous. In accounting, we have inherited the vacuousness by
ignoring those two enduring areas of inquiry.
Professor Jagdish Gangolly, SUNY
Albany
The second is the comment that Joan Robinson made
about American Keynsians: that their theories were so flimsy that they had to
put math into them. In accounting academia, the shortest path to respectability
seems to be to use math (and statistics), whether meaningful or not.
Professor Jagdish Gangolly, SUNY
Albany
There are two sides to nearly every profession (as
opposed to a narrow trade). The first one is the clinical side, and
the second one is the research side. But this is not to say that the
twain do not meet.
I advocate requiring that most (maybe not all)
clinical instructors be grounded solidly in research. Requiring a
PhD is a traditional way to get groundings in research. Probably
more importantly is that doctoral studies are ways to motivate
clinically-minded students to attempt to do research on clinical
issues and make important contributions to the practicing
profession.
I define “research” as a contribution to new
knowledge. Among other things a good doctoral program should make
scholars more appreciative of good research and critical of
bad/superficial research that does not contribute to much of
anything that is relevant, including research that should get
Senator William Proxmire's
Golden Fleece Awards. Like urban cowboys, our academic
accounting researchers are all hat (mathematical/statistical models)
with no cows.
The problem with accountancy doctoral programs is
that they’ve become narrowly bounded by accountics (especially
econometrics and psychometrics) that in the past three decades have
made little progress toward helping the clinical side of our
profession of accountancy. This makes our doctoral programs very
much unlike those in economics, finance, medicine, science, and
engineering where many clinical advances in their disciplines have
emerged from studies in doctoral programs.
The problem with higher education in accountancy is
not that we require doctoral degrees in our major colleges
and universities. The problem is that our doctoral programs shut out
research methodologies that are perhaps better suited for making
research discoveries that really help the clinical side of our
profession. Accountics models just do not deal well with missing
variables and nonstationarities that must be allowed for on the
clinical side of accountancy. Humanities researchers face many of
these same issues and have evolved a much broader arsenal of
research methodologies that are
verboten
in accounting doctoral programs --- (See below).
The related problem is that our leading scholars
running those doctoral programs have taken a supercilious view of
the clinical side of our profession. Or maybe it’s just that these
leaders do not want to take the time and trouble to learn the
clinical side of the profession. Once again I repeat the oft-quoted
referee of an Accounting Horizons rejection of Denny
Beresford’s 2005 submission
I quote from
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#AcademicsVersusProfession
*************
1. The paper provides specific recommendations for things that
accounting academics should be doing to make the accounting
profession better. However (unless the author believes that
academics' time is a free good) this would presumably take
academics' time away from what they are currently doing. While
following the author's advice might make the accounting profession
better, what is being made worse? In other words, suppose I stop
reading current academic research and start reading news about
current developments in accounting standards. Who is made better off
and who is made worse off by this reallocation of my time?
Presumably my students are marginally better off, because I can tell
them some new stuff in class about current accounting standards, and
this might possibly have some limited benefit on their careers. But
haven't I made my colleagues in my department worse off if they
depend on me for research advice, and haven't I made my university
worse off if its academic reputation suffers because I'm no longer
considered a leading scholar? Why does making the accounting
profession better take precedence over everything else an academic
does with their time?
**************
Joel Demski steers us away from the clinical side of
the accountancy profession by saying we should avoid that pesky
“vocational virus.” (See below).
The (Random House)
dictionary defines "academic" as "pertaining to areas of study that
are not primarily vocational or applied , as the humanities or pure
mathematics." Clearly, the short answer to the question is no,
accounting is not an academic discipline.
Joel Demski, "Is Accounting an Academic Discipline?"
Accounting Horizons, June 2007, pp. 153-157
Statistically there are a
few youngsters who came to academia for the joy of learning, who are
yet relatively untainted by the
vocational virus.
I urge you to nurture your taste for learning, to follow your joy.
That is the path of scholarship, and it is the only one with any
possibility of turning us back toward the academy.
Joel Demski, "Is Accounting an Academic Discipline?
American Accounting Association Plenary Session" August 9, 2006 ---
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/theory01.htm
Too many accountancy doctoral programs have immunized
themselves against the “vocational virus.” The problem lies not in
requiring doctoral degrees in our leading colleges and universities.
The problem is that we’ve been neglecting the clinical needs of our
profession. Perhaps the real underlying reason is that our clinical
problems are so immense that academic accountants quake in fear of
having to make contributions to the clinical side of accountancy as
opposed to the clinical side of finance, economics, and psychology.
Our problems with doctoral programs in
accountancy are shared with other disciplines, notably education and nursing
schools.
Bob Jensen's threads on the role of academic
accounting research in the profession of accountancy can be found at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm
The Formation of Scholars: Re-thinking
Doctoral Education for the Twenty-First Century
(Jossey-Bass, 2008) explores the current state of doctoral
education in the United States and shows how practices and elements of doctoral
programs can be made more powerful by relying on principles of progressive
development, integration and collaboration. Written by George E. Walker, Chris
M. Golde, Laura Jones, Andrea Conklin Bueschel and Pat Hutchings, and derived
from a five-year look at doctoral education by the Carnegie Initiative on the
Doctorate, The Formation of Scholars urges educators to consider how graduate
programs can constructively grapple with questions of purpose. The authors
identify the need to create intellectual community as essential for high-quality
graduate education; and underscore that knowledge-centered, multigenerational
communities foster the development of new ideas and encourage intellectual risk
taking.
George Walker, Chris M. Golde, Laura Jones, Andrea Conklin Bueschel, and Pat
Hutchings, The Formation of Scholars: Rethinking Doctoral Education for the
Twenty-First Century (Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching,
2008, $40) ---
http://www.carnegiefoundation.org/publications/pub.asp?key=43&subkey=712
Also see
http://www.josseybass.com/WileyCDA/WileyTitle/productCd-0470197439.html
Foreword by Lee S.
Shulman.
1. Moving Doctoral
Education into the Future.
2. Setting the
Stage for Change.
3. Talking About
Purpose: Mirrors, Lenses, and Windows.
4. From Experience
to Expertise: Principles of Powerful Formation.
5. Apprenticeship
Reconsidered.
6. Creating and
Sustaining Intellectual Community.
7. A Call to
Action.
Appendix A:
Summary Description of the Carnegie Initiative on
the Doctorate.
Appendix B: List
of Participating Departments.
Appendix C:
Overview of the Surveys.
Appendix D:
Graduate Student Survey.
Appendix E:
Graduate Faculty Survey.
References.
Name Index.
Subject Index.
Related Titles
More By These Authors
Administration & Policy
|
|
Bob Jensen's threads on the sad state of
doctoral education in accountancy are at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#DoctoralPrograms
Greater clinical focus ahead for law and other graduate schools?
Clinical work, along with a professional ethics course,
are the only two requirements in years two and three at Stanford Law. Kramer
said he would like to make the clinical programs more central to the curriculum.
When the law school switches to its quarter schedule, Kramer said he would like
to make quarter-long clinical training an option. He said clinical rotations
could take students outside of Stanford to other universities.
Elia Powers, Beyond the First Year, Inside Higher Ed, November 8, 2006
---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2006/11/08/stanford
The Critical Shortage of Doctoral Graduates in Business and Accountancy in
Particular
Quotations from a Report Published in May 2006
There is a Ph.D. glut reported in some disciplines and
shortages in other disciplines, especially in business
education programs. The AACSB business education accrediting
agency reports that doctoral graduate output is critically
short in all specializations. The shortage is especially
acute in accountancy.
Some of the references cited below are listed at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR395wp.htm
In the 1960s huge catalysts for change in accounting
research occurred when the Ford Foundation
poured millions of dollars into the study of
collegiate business schools and the funding of doctoral
programs and students in business studies. Gordon and Howell
(1959) reported that business faculty in colleges lacked
research skills and academic esteem when compared to their
colleagues in the sciences. The Ford Foundation thereafter
provided funding for doctoral programs and for top quality
graduate students to pursue doctoral degrees in business and
accountancy. The Foundation even funded publication of
selected doctoral dissertations to give doctoral studies in
business more visibility. Great pressures were also brought
to bear on academic associations like the AAA to increase
the scientific standards for publications in journals like
TAR. A perfect storm for change in accounting research arose
in the late 1950s and early1960s. First came the critical
Pierson Carnegie Report (1959) and the Gordon and Howell
Ford Foundation Report (1959). Shortly thereafter, the AACSB
introduced a requirement requiring that a certain percentage
of faculty possess doctoral degrees for business education
programs seeking accreditation (Bricker
and Previtts 1990). Soon afterwards, both a doctorate
and publication in top accounting research journals became
necessary for tenure (Langenderfer 1987).
Supply of doctoral graduates in accountancy rose sharply
between 1960 and 1989 to where over 200 graduates per year
were entering academe from over 100 doctoral programs. The
largest programs were such as those at the Universities of
Illinois and Texas were beginning to cut back by 1989.
Subsequently, numbers of doctoral graduates nationwide began
to taper off in spite of assorted newer doctoral programs.
The numbers of accountancy doctoral graduates in the past
few years are critically short to meet increases in demand
in college accountancy programs in virtually all states of
the United States. Increasing salary levels to the highest
levels in many colleges has not seemed to attract more
entrants into doctoral programs. Rodgers and Williams (1996,
67-68) list 56 newer
U.S.
doctoral programs and some have been added since 1996. But
these increases in the number of doctoral programs failed to
alleviate the dramatic declines in graduation rates in
larger and older programs.
As baby
boomers from the World War II era begin to retire, we may
experience a shortage of new faculty to take their place and
meet the growing demand for business programs at
universities. In August 2002, the AACSB International
Management Education Task Force (METF) issued a landmark
report, “Management Education at Risk.” The following is a
quotation from the Foreword on Page 4 that appeals to a
wide-ranging scholarship of “incredibly complex and dynamic
environments”:
Let’s
be clear about the real doctoral faculty issue. It’s not
about day-to-day recruiting challenges, escalating faculty
salaries, adhering to accreditation standards, or protecting
the professoriate. The real threat is to the very core of
collegiate business schools and institutions of higher
education—scholarship. Doctoral faculty produces the body of
knowledge that sustains intellectual inquiry and the ongoing
development of a discipline. Any diminishment of our shared
objective to advance such knowledge and ground education in
solid conceptual frameworks will be a threat to the eventual
academic legitimacy of our discipline. At a time when
organizations operate in incredibly complex and dynamic
environments, when different norms are colliding, and
leadership credibility is at the lowest, such a retreat will
compromise our ability to serve students and other
constituents.
Data are provided in the above report
about the serious decline in the number of doctoral degrees
granted in recent years. Demand is more than double the
projected supply of new doctoral faculty. For accounting in
particular, Hasselback (2006) reports that the number of
accounting doctoral degrees plunged from 212 in 1989 to 96
in 2004. Even if he missed some in his count, the trend is
clearly critical. Fewer and fewer
accounting undergraduate and master’s degree graduates are
returning to earn doctoral degrees. The reasons for this are
complex, but there is considerable anecdotal evidence that
some potential doctoral candidates are not interested in the
narrow scientific methodology curriculum offered at most
doctoral programs.
In 2004 American Accounting Association President Bill
Felix formed an ad hoc Committee to Assess the Supply and
Demand for Accounting Ph.D.s. The Committee conducted an
exhaustive survey and published a report in May 2006 in the
following reference:
"Assessing the Shortage of Accounting Faculty," by
R. David Plumlee (Chairman), Steven J. Kachelmeier,
Silvia A. Madeo, Jamie H. Pratt, and George Krull,
Issues in Accounting Education, Vol. 21, No. 2, May
2006, pp. 113-126.
Some of the highlights of this report are quoted below.
QUOTATION FROM PAGE 114
The AACSB predicts a major
shortage of all business faculty with Ph.D.s over the next
ten years (AACSB 2003). Within accounting, there is
substantial anecdotal evidence that a shortage of
Ph.D.-qualified accounting faculty already exists and may
grow. Referring to the recent increase in accounting
majors, the Wall Street Journal (2004) noted that
"some universities face a problem: a shortage of professors
to teach these young beancounters." The article continues
by stating that:
the
comeback of the accounting career occurs as the number
of business doctorates produced is at a 17-year low and
universities struggle to recruit new accounting
professors. That leaves many wondering who will be left
to teach all the new rules and regulations to the
growing student pool. While many academic fields are
suffering from professor shortages, the issue is more
acute in accounting because of the pull toward
high-paying public-accounting jobs. (Wall Street
Journal 2004)
QUOTATION FROM PAGES 115-117
Table 1 details the estimated
demand for new accounting faculty for the academic years
2005-08 at the three types of schools by rank. We estimated
that program leaders expected to hire 1,174 new accounting
faculty in 2005-06. However, new doctoral graduates
represent only 30.0 percent of the faculty demand for
2005-06. The demand for experienced Ph.D.s. (Assistant,
Associate, and Full Professors) represents 35.5 percent of
the total, and it remains at about the same level for the
subsequent two years. Demand for faculty whose primary
responsibility is teaching (whether or not they have a
doctoral degree) amounts to 36.6 percent of the total
faculty demand. When viewed at the school-category level,
56.0 percent of the "teaching only" faculty are expected to
be hired by Undergrad Schools.
Table 2 shows sample
responses indicating the number of faculty expected to be
hired for each specialty, by both type of school and year.
The number of teachers that the three types of schools
expect to hire within each teaching specialty differs
substantially. While financial accounting is the specialty
in highest demand across all three types of schools, it is
in highest relative demand for the Ph.D. Schools, with 40.3
percent of their expected hiring in financial accounting.
Master's Schools have a somewhat more balanced approach to
hiring across specialties and have the highest demand for
tax and systems teaching. The category with the most
surprising number of anticipated hires is the
multiple-specialty category. Table 2 indicates that the
Master's and Undergrad Schools expect approximately
one-fourth of their new Ph.D.s hires to teach in multiple
areas. The results of the Ph.D. program directors' survey
found that none of the students are preparing themselves for
multiple teaching specialties. When asked about hiring
strategies, Master's Schools had a strong preference for
hiring to meet specific teaching needs, while schools in the
other two categories showed a slight tendency to recruit the
best candidate regardless of specialization.
TABLE 1
Estimated Accounting Faculty Demand for the Academic
Year 2005-06
and the Subsequent Two Years, 2006-07 and 2007-08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 and
2007 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
|
Ph.D. |
Master's |
Undergrad
Only |
2005
Totals |
|
Ph.D. |
Master's |
Undergrad |
2006 and
2007
Totals |
|
New |
Ph.D. |
74 |
186 |
92 |
352 |
30.0% |
99 |
342 |
149 |
590 |
42.6% |
Experienced |
Assistant
Associate
Full Professor |
36
31
21 |
131
46
25 |
57
46
0 |
224
123
46 |
19.1%
10.5%
3.8% |
28
30
6 |
150
52
49 |
115
11
11 |
293
93
66 |
21.2%
6.7%
4.8% |
Teaching only |
Ph.D./ABD
Other |
12
26 |
22
128 |
92
149 |
126
303 |
10.7%
25.9% |
13
28 |
8
98 |
80
115 |
101
241 |
7.3%
17.4% |
|
TOTAL |
200 |
538 |
436 |
1174 |
100.0% |
204 |
699 |
481 |
1384 |
100.0% |
TABLE 2
Anticipated Demand for Teaching Specialties among
New Ph.D.s Hires for 2005-06, 2006-07, and 2007-08
Academic Years
|
Ph.D.
Schools |
Master's
Schools |
Undergrad
Schools |
|
2005 |
2006 |
2007 |
Total |
Percent
of Total |
2005 |
2006 |
2007 |
Total |
Percent
of Total |
2005 |
2006 |
2007 |
Total |
Percent
of Total |
Audit |
11 |
8 |
1 |
19 |
12.3% |
19 |
11 |
10 |
40 |
10.7% |
1 |
4 |
0 |
5 |
10.6% |
Cost |
14 |
9 |
8 |
23 |
14.9% |
15 |
22 |
16 |
53 |
14.2% |
3 |
4 |
2 |
9 |
19.2% |
Financial |
31 |
31 |
20 |
62 |
40.3% |
44 |
38 |
19 |
101 |
27.0% |
9 |
5 |
1 |
15 |
31.9% |
Tax |
8 |
4 |
4 |
12 |
7.8% |
21 |
13 |
9 |
43 |
11.5% |
2 |
0 |
1 |
3 |
6.4% |
Systems |
4 |
4 |
1 |
8 |
5.2% |
13 |
11 |
12 |
36 |
9.6% |
1 |
0 |
0 |
1 |
2.1% |
Multiple |
14 |
10 |
8 |
24 |
15.6% |
31 |
29 |
31 |
91 |
24.3% |
5 |
6 |
2 |
13 |
27.7% |
Other |
5 |
1 |
4 |
6 |
3.9% |
5 |
1 |
4 |
10 |
2.7% |
0 |
1 |
0 |
1 |
2.1% |
|
|
|
|
154 |
100.0% |
|
|
|
374 |
100.0% |
|
|
6 |
47 |
100.0% |
QUOTATION FROM PAGES 118-120
We estimate a total of 141
students will earn their Ph.D.s in 2005-06, 145 in 2006-07,
and 187 in 2007-08. Since some attrition in student numbers
is likely, the supply may be overestimated for later years.
As shown in Table 3, 234 out of 391 students described in
the responses (59.8 percent) have financial accounting as
their teaching specialty. The two identifiable specialties
with the fewest students are auditing and tax with 7.4
percent and 5.9 percent of the students, respectively.
TABLE 3
Ph.D. Program Director's Estimates of the Number of
Current Ph.D. Students in Various
Teaching Specialties Extrapolated to the Population of
Schools with Ph.D. Programs
|
Sample
Responses |
|
|
Estimated Number of Ph.D.s Graduating |
|
1st yr |
2nd yr |
3rd yr |
4th yr |
5th yr |
Sample
Totals |
Est.
Pop.a |
2005-06 |
2006-07 |
2007-08 |
Audit |
9 |
6 |
4 |
8 |
2 |
29 |
49 |
7 |
12 |
8 |
Financial |
37 |
62 |
45 |
52 |
38 |
234 |
396 |
91 |
85 |
108 |
Cost |
8 |
13 |
18 |
17 |
11 |
67 |
113 |
27 |
29 |
37 |
Systems |
11 |
10 |
8 |
5 |
3 |
37 |
63 |
8 |
10 |
19 |
Tax |
4 |
4 |
7 |
5 |
3 |
23 |
39 |
8 |
9 |
14 |
Other |
0 |
1 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
1 |
2 |
0 |
0 |
1 |
Totals |
69 |
96 |
82 |
87 |
57 |
391 |
662 |
141 |
145 |
187 |
a
A linear extrapolation from the
sample of 49 respondents to the population of 83
schools with accounting Ph.D. programs. |
Estimated Shortages
One of the Committee's
most critical tasks was to estimated the shortage of new
Ph.D.-qualified faculty members. Using the data collected
from both the accounting program leaders and the Ph.D.
program directors, we estimated the shortages in each
teaching specialty--as well as overall shortages--by
combining the program directors' estimates of students
graduating and the accounting program leaders' estimates of
the number they need to hire. The shortages were estimated
by taking the percentage demanded by specialty from the
sample and multiplying those percentages by the estimated
total supply of new Ph.D.-qualified faculty for two periods:
(1) 2005-06 and (2) 2006-08. For example, in Table 4, the
demand for 43 new auditing Ph.D.s in 2005-06 is found by
taking the percentage demanded for the audit specialty (12.3
percent as shown in Table 2) reported by the department
heads who do hiring and multiplying that percentage by the
estimated total supply of new Ph.D.s (352) in that year
(shown in Table 4).
Table 4 shows that,
across all specialties for 2005-08, the overall supply of
new accounting faculty is only 49.9 percent of the number
demanded. Focusing just on the shortages estimated for
2005-06, the supply for every specialty falls short of the
demand. The two categories with the greatest shortages are
multiple specialties and the "other" category, estimated to
have none of their demand met.4
Nonetheless, we must acknowledge that many
Ph.D. students will be expected to teach across specialties
when they assume their first faculty position. Financial
accounting will have 79.1 percent of its demand met. Tax
will have only eight students graduating and auditing will
only have seven, which is only 18.6 percent and 16.4
percent, respectively, of the expected demand for 2005-06.
Looking at the subsequent two years, shortages remain across
all specialties; however, these shortages are less severe in
most cases.
Figure 1 shows that
over the three-year period 2005-2008, we expect substantial
variation across specialties in the proportion of demand
met. As before, the "multiple" and the "other" categories
fall well short in percentage terms. For the "other"
category, the characteristics of the faculty members
demanded and the students being supplied are unlikely to
match. In the more defined specialties, graduate candidates
are expected to supply only 27.1 percent of the tax faculty
and 22.8 percent of the audit faculty demand, viewed
cumulatively over the three years. On the other hand,
graduates interested in teaching financial accounting almost
reach the level demanded (91.6 percent). These shortages
need to be considered with respect to the significant demand
for experienced Ph.D.s; this demand can only be met in the
short run by faculty moving from one school to another,
creating more demand to replace those faculty members.
4 Note,
however, that the program directors were not given multiple
specialties as a reporting option and "other" may have been
perceived as too vague an option.
TABLE 4
Estimates of the Excess or Shortage of the Supply of New
Ph.D.-Qualified Accounting Faculty Relative to the
Demand the Three Academic Years 2005-2008
|
Estimates
for 2005-06 |
Estimates
for 2006-08 |
Cumulative |
|
Demand |
Supply |
Excess
(Shortage) |
Percent of Demand
Met |
Demand |
Supply |
Excess
(Shortage) |
Percent of
Demand
Met |
Cumulative
Excess
(Shortage) |
Percent of
Demand
Met |
Audit |
43 |
7 |
(36) |
16.4% |
71 |
19 |
(52) |
26.6% |
(88) |
22.8% |
Cost |
44 |
27 |
(17) |
61.4% |
74 |
66 |
(8) |
89.5% |
(25) |
79.0% |
Financial |
115 |
91 |
(24) |
79.1% |
194 |
192 |
(2) |
99.2% |
(26) |
91.6% |
Tax |
43 |
8 |
(35) |
18.6% |
71 |
23 |
(48) |
32.3% |
(83) |
27.1% |
Systems |
25 |
8 |
(17) |
31.9% |
41 |
29 |
(12) |
69.9% |
(29) |
55.7% |
Multiple |
69 |
0 |
(69) |
0.0% |
115 |
0 |
(115) |
0.0% |
(184) |
0.0% |
Other |
13 |
0 |
(13) |
0.0% |
24 |
1 |
(23)% |
2.3 |
(36) |
1.4% |
TOTALS |
352 |
141 |
(211) |
40.0% |
590 |
330 |
(260) |
55.9% |
(471) |
49.9% |
QUOTATION
FROM PAGE 125
Diversifying Training across
Teaching Specialties
The Committee believes
the dire shortages in tax and audit areas warrant particular
focus. One possible solution to these specific shortages is
for Ph.D. programs to create new tracks targeted toward
developing high-quality faculty specifically in these
areas. These tracks should be considered part of a
well-rounded Ph.D. program in which students develop
specialized knowledge in one area of accounting, but gain
substantive exposure to other accounting research areas. In
addition, Master's Schools that do not currently offer a
doctorate could develop accounting doctoral programs that
support tax and audit education as part of an overall
doctoral program.
A possible explanation
for the shortages in these areas is that Ph.D. students
perceive that publishing audit and tax research in top
accounting journals is more difficult, which might have the
unintended consequence of reducing the supply of
Ph.D.-qualified faculty to teach in those specialties.
Given that promotion and tenure requirements at major
universities require publication in to-tier journals,
students are likely drawn to financial accounting in hopes
of getting the necessary publications for career success.
While the Committee has no evidence that bears directly on
this point, it believes that the possibility deserves
further consideration.
CONCLUSIONS
The Committee has
uncovered some valuable information about the nature of the
demand for accounting faculty, the state of Ph.D. programs,
and perceptions of current accounting Ph.D. students. While
there is surely some estimation error in determining the
existence of a shortage of new accounting faculty, it is
clear that particularly in the tax and auditing teaching
specialties a shortage exists. At this point there is
neither an organized strategy to recruit more accounting
Ph.D. students, nor is it evident that current accounting
Ph.D. programs have the capacity to absorb additional
students. Despite the Committee's efforts, many questions
and a great deal of work remain to be done in areas such as
developing sources of information useful in recruiting new
accounting Ph.D. students and developing creative ways to
lower the costs to students of getting a Ph.D. and the costs
to schools of offering doctoral programs. Assuring an
adequate supply of qualified accounting faculty in the
future will require broad and dedicated efforts by
Ph.D.-granting schools, the AAA, and other entities with a
vested interest in the academic accounting profession.
Question
Will the business school faculty shortage be a thing of the past?
"Business PhD Applications on the Rise: A weak job market has many
contemplating PhDs and faculty jobs. Will the business school faculty shortage
be a thing of the past?" by Alison Damast, Business Week, May 11, 2009
---
http://www.businessweek.com/bschools/content/may2009/bs20090511_815452.htm?link_position=link1
With expenses such as business lunches being
curtailed and a dwindling list of new clients, Wayne Nelms knew it was only
a matter of time before he would be laid off by accounting firm Grant
Thornton.
"The writing was on the wall. I just didn't know
when," says Nelms, 36, who worked as senior internal auditor at the
company's Baltimore office for two-and-a-half-years. "Then I got the
e-mail."
By January he was out of a job and found himself at
a crossroads. Reluctant to jump back into the job market immediately, he
started exploring his options and stumbled upon the PhD Project, a nonprofit
that encourages minority business professionals to earn PhDs and go on to
become professors. He'd heard of the program back when he was an MBA student
at Howard University but had put it on the back burner after graduation.
"When D-day happened, I decided, well I can do one
of two things with my future: Either get a doctorate or look for a good old
dependable job," said Nelms, who got in contact with the PhD Project. A few
weeks later he applied and was accepted to the accounting PhD program at
Morgan State University in Baltimore, Md., where he'll be starting full-time
this fall. Says Nelms: "With a doctorate, I thought my destiny would be a
little more in my control."
Nelms is part of a growing wave of professionals
who are leaving the battered business world behind for a career in the
hallowed halls of academia. Applications are up substantially this year at
many top business PhD programs, with some business schools reporting jumps
in applications as high as 40%. PhD program directors attribute the jump to
professionals fleeing a weak job market, coupled with a surge of interest
from undergraduates bypassing that job market entirely to head straight for
school.
An Encouraging Sign Meanwhile, organizations like
the PhD Project say more people than ever before are expressing interest in
their programs and annual conference, which attracted the largest number of
participants in the organization's 15-year history this fall. It's an
encouraging sign for the world of management education, where a looming
faculty shortage has had B-school deans worried for years.
The surge of interest in becoming a business
professor comes just as a backlash is being felt among those in the business
community who hold MBAs, says Yuval Bar-Or, an adjunct at Johns Hopkins
University's Carey Business School and author of Is a PhD for Me? A
Cautionary Guide for Aspiring Doctoral Students, slated for release on May
19. Many fleeing the business world for academia may view it as a more
venerable profession, he says.
"MBAs are now persona non grata in many places, and
there is a fair amount of animosity being directed at them for living in the
fast lane, spending everyone's money, and not being responsible enough,"
Bar-Or says. "So business leaders, in society's eyes, have been knocked off
a pedestal, and that may be causing a lot of people with an interest in
business to want to go down a path that is more respected in society."
Those who have been thinking about getting a PhD
are not wasting any time exploring their options. Potential PhD students
were out in full force this fall at the PhD Project's annual conference in
Chicago last November, where attendees mingled with professors and deans
from nearly 100 business schools around the country. The conference usually
attracts around 330 people, but this year 832 people applied, about 534 of
whom were invited to attend.
"This was a substantial increase. It was so big
that we were starting to worry from a budgetary standpoint about how we were
going to pay for everything and if the room and hotel was going to be big
enough," said Bernie Milano, president of the PhD Project. He expects that
interest will continue to grow. He's already received 65 applications for
next year's conference, triple the amount he usually receives by this time
of year, he says.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
There are a number of things working against an explosion of doctoral students
in accountancy.
Firstly, the traditionally large accounting doctoral programs (Illinois,
Texas, Michigan, Indiana, Florida, Wisconsin, Ohio State, etc.) have greatly
shrunk in size since their days of glory before the "accountics" revolution
commenced in the 1960s. Shrinking departmental budgets will further dry up
funding going into doctoral programs and accounting research in general.
Generosity of hard-pressed accounting firms and alumni may also shrink private
donations that are often used heavily to fund endowed chair faculty and other
needs of doctoral programs.
Secondly, many jobless accountants with high GMAT scores often have
children and financial responsibilities and will be turned off by the five-year
average time it takes to get an accounting PhD, especially for jobless
applicants who have weak and or maybe forgotten accountics
prerequisites (calculus, advanced calculus, linear algebra, mathematical
statistics, econometrics, data mining, etc.) for which few have interest in
studying for five more years of their lives. Accounting doctoral programs now
have little to do with accounting and everything to do with making graduates
scientists in econometrics, mathematics, and psychometrics ---
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#DoctoralPrograms
Thirdly, virtually all colleges and universities are now being forced
to downsize in some way due to shrinking budget allocations. Recovery of these
budgets will be slow long after the current recession turns around because of
the many demands placed upon states for other priorities such as Medicare and
expanded welfare that was only temporarily shrunk by the Clinton
Administration.. While expanding entitlements for poor people, President Obama
promises to eventually reduce the Federal deficit which means more and more of
the funding burdens will fall upon state taxation. Californians are now showing
the world that taxpayers are not in the mood for higher state taxes. I do not
anticipate that the shrinking doctoral programs in accountancy will get heavy
revival funding for years to come.
Fourthly, due to shrinking budgets and explosive growth in
undergraduate accountancy programs, virtually all colleges and universities,
with blessings from the AACSB, are creating full-time faculty positions for
former practitioners who do not have accounting doctoral degrees (although many
have law degrees or doctorates in other disciplines). These faculty reduce the
demand for more expensive graduates from accountancy doctoral programs. And this
is an outlet for early retirees who are great instructors with specialized
skills (e.g., ERP, auditing, and tax) that are more in line with undergraduate
teaching curricula in accountancy undergraduate and masters programs.
The new AICPA-sponsored fellowship program for doctoral students who elect
auditing and tax will help but the number of students funded in these
professional specialties is too small to have much of an impact on filling empty
tenure track positions. The KMPG Foundation fellowships for minority students
has helped to get more African Americans into accounting doctoral programs, but
I do not anticipate great increases in this funding source. The numerical impact
of both these dedicated programs will be very small among the thousands of
accountancy education programs in the United States.
There will be substantial increases in the doctoral programs in management,
marketing, MIS, and economics. Finance is a question mark since the number of
undergraduate students majoring in finance will greatly decline due to black
hole in job opportunities for graduates in finance. With declines in
undergraduate finance majors there will be less demand for newly-minted
professors of finance. Economics will probably fare better because the fact that
economics doctoral students on average only take three years beyond a bachelors
degree to complete the doctoral program. Three-year doctorates are drawing
cards to many returning jobless graduate students who do not want to spend more
than three years earning a doctorate. And there will probably be increased
opportunities for economists in Obama's exploding Federal government.
Purportedly increasing numbers of doctoral students in economics are looking
forward to civil service careers ---
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers
May 20, 20096 reply from Zane Swanson
[ZSwanson@UCO.EDU]
One other mitigating factor which could increase
space at PhD schools may happen “if” PhD students opt for leaving campus
“all but dissertation” due to the monetary attraction from schools who need
to fill faculty shortage positions.
Zane Swanson
May 21, 2009 reply from Bob Jensen
Hi Zane,
I think there are more reasons these days not to leave ABD until the
dissertation draft is completed and given preliminary approval by the
dissertation advisor. Firstly, most PhD programs provide financial
incentives to say on campus (e.g., assistantships for the first three or
four years and fellowships at the dissertation stage).
Secondly, most hiring schools place increased stress on dissertation
completion. Tenure clocks start running upon arrival at a new job whether or
not the dissertation is completed. Since publishing is more difficult for
ABD faculty concentrating on both teaching and thesis completion, this is a
huge incentive to delay startup of a new job.
Thirdly, student evaluation of instructors has become an enormous factor
in performance evaluation. A newly hired ABD tenure track professor cannot
shirk on teaching preparation and time spent with students. This factor has
changed greatly over the past few decades. In 1970 an ABD professor could
afford to spend less time on teaching until the dissertation was accepted.
Not anymore!
Of course there are many other factors that complicate matters. An ABD
candidate may follow a spouse to a new job. An ABD candidate may go beyond
five years when there is little financial support in the sixth year of a
doctoral program. Sometimes there is a new expected baby adding to financial
burdens.
Sadly, most excuses for working full time ABD become reasons for never
finishing the dissertation. This happens time and time again. The spouse of
a new professor at Trinity University in 2000 was herself ABD in
microbiology at the University of Illinois. She was ever so close to
finishing but decided to move with her husband to San Antonio and have two
new babies after moving. Her husband doubts that she will ever finish her
PhD degree since it’s especially difficult in science to take up where she
left off years ago. How many times have we heard similar stories about ABD
full-time teachers and ABD spouses who become full time parents?
Bob Jensen
You can read more about the accountics revolution that shrank the
accountancy doctoral programs at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR395wp.htm
You can read more about trends in accountancy doctoral programs at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#DoctoralPrograms
Narrowness in accounting doctoral programs has resulted in a critical
shortage leading to more non-doctoral instructors of accounting in colleges
nationwide.
"Teaching for the Love of It: The joy of being an educator—eight career
changers tell their stories," by Randy Myers, Journal of Accountancy,
June 2006 ---
http://www.aicpa.org/pubs/jofa/jun2006/myers2.htm
Once they earn their college degrees
and embark on careers, many CPAs are perfectly happy never to see the inside
of a classroom again. But others can’t wait to return. What happens when
they follow their hearts and minds back to campus? To find out, we
interviewed eight professionals—seven CPAs and one tax attorney—who gave up
successful business careers in favor of academia. Some moved directly into
the classroom and are now teaching as professionally qualified faculty
(see “Emerging
Opportunities for Professionally Qualified Faculty”).
Others are students again, pursuing PhDs in accounting
with an eye toward becoming university professors. Still others have already
earned their PhDs and are working as senior faculty at some of the country’s
leading business schools, where they divide their time between teaching and
academic research. If you are considering a career in academia—or are simply
curious about how the other half lives—this article is for you.
This article reveals what
these eight professionals have come to learn, love and yes, question, about
academia. It shows the road to the academic life has many forks, which can
be pursued at almost any stage of a career in accounting. And it shows that
even more than in the business world, CPAs in academia can tailor their
careers to match their own interests and objectives.
Supply
and Demand
Over
the next three years, U.S. and Canadian universities will try to
hire 942 new PhDs. Unfortunately, the number of graduates
available to fill those slots is expected to total only 621.
Source: American Accounting
Association. |
Jensen Comment
Keep in mind that this does not mean that shortages are
equally spread across all education programs. Some programs
face far more difficulties than others for a variety of
reasons. For example, some educators just do not want to
relocate from Knee Deep, North Dakota to New York City and
vice versa.
Jensen Opinions
Although the reasons for the decline in
doctoral students in accountancy are very complex, Bob
Jensen's opinion is that the leading factor is that
virtually all accountancy programs in the U.S. stripped most
accounting courses from these programs in the shift toward
mathematics, statistics, econometrics, finance, sociometrics,
and psychometrics. In some programs the doctoral studies
courses are not even taught in the business school. Students
with high aptitudes and professional experience in
accounting are discouraged from entering into doctoral
programs unless they want to become economists or other
social scientists.
It is also Bob Jensen's opinion that
accountancy doctoral programs became social science programs
due to the positivism biases of top accounting research
journals that forced positivism research methods on
virtually all accounting faculty seeking to publish in those
leading journals. See
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR.htm
PG. #390 NONAKA
The chapter
argues that building the theory of knowledge creation
needs to an epistemological and ontological discussion,
instead of just relying on a positivist approach, which
has been the implicit paradigm of social science.
The positivist rationality has
become identified with analytical thinking that focuses
on generating and testing hypotheses through formal
logic. While providing a clear guideline for theory
building and empirical examinations, it poses problems
for the investigation of complex and dynamic social
phenomena, such as knowledge creation. In
positivist-based research, knowledge is still often
treated as an exogenous variable or distraction against
linear economic rationale. The relative lack of
alternative conceptualization has meant that management
science has slowly been detached from the surrounding
societal reality. The understanding of social systems
cannot be based entirely on natural scientific facts.
Ikujiro Nonaka as quoted at Great Minds in
Management: The Process of Theory Development ---
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/GreatMinds.htm
Leading accounting research journal biases for accountics
in the past three decades illustrate the process of
Gemeinschaft
to Gesellschaft where the "process eventually
went too far." The
Heck and Jensen (2006) paper is highly supportive of
President Judy Rayburn's TAR Diversity Initiative. This is
important not only for improved accounting research, it's
important for expanded curricula of doctoral programs that
more closely align academe with the accounting profession
much in the same way that schools of law and medicine are
aligned with their practicing professions.
For the good of the AAA membership and the profession of
accountancy in general, one hopes that the changes in
publication and editorial policies at TAR proposed by
President Rayburn will result in the “opening up” of topics
and research methods produced by "leading scholars." I might
add that Paul Williams at North Carolina State University is
a long-time advocate of such changes, and I thank Paul for
some helpful input to the early stages of the Heck and
Jensen paper.
I might also
add that the Heck-Jensen paper tops off my long standing
threads on the sad state of accounting research at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/theory01.htm#AcademicsVersusProfession
Many problems of accounting research extend well beyond the
TAR editorial policies.
An "Appeal" for accounting educators, researchers, and
practitioners to actively support what I call The
Accounting Review (TAR) Diversity Initiative as
initiated by American Accounting Association President Judy
Rayburn ---
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR.htm
Question
What is higher education's "academic underworld" amidst the
Ph.D. glut?
Answer
In the worldwide suckers'
market, gamblers are the only people who are slower to learn
than young adults with master's degrees. Bright graduate
students possess a pair of nonmarketable skills: the ability
to write term papers and the ability to take academic exams.
They are also economic illiterates and incurably naïve....
Those few Ph.D.'s who receive a full-time position at a
university find that they are paid much less than tenured
members of the department. They are assigned the
lower-division classes, which are large. ... Those untenured
faculty members who perform well in megaclasses are kept on
until the day of reckoning: the decision to grant them
tenure, usually eight years after they go on the payroll.
They are usually not rehired unless they have published
narrowly focused articles in professional journals. But
megaclass professors do not have much time to do the
required research. The assistant professor is now 35 years
old or older. He has not made the cut. He is now relegated
to the academic underworld: the community colleges....
Gary North, "In Academia, Big Brains, Empty Pockets," The
New York Times, February 5, 2006 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2006/02/05/weekinreview/05read.html
Also see "The Ph.D. Glut Revisited" ---
http://www.lewrockwell.com/north/north427.html
Question
How close are some of the big time prostitutes to when they can get Medicare and
Social Security?
How many degrees do some of them have?
Most importantly is this more lucrative than academe for those with doctoral
degrees?
Even more importantly, is a doctoral degree value added in this oldest of
professions?
April 10, 2008 message from Professor XXXXX
Bob,
In light of the recent string on this general subject, you may want to look
at the story in today's Washington Post: More Former Call Girls Take Stand."
"More Former Call Girls Take Stand In Prostitution Trial, Witness With PhD
Describes Illicit Activities for Upscale Firm," by Paul Dugan, The Washington
Post, April 10, 2008, Page B04 ---
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/09/AR2008040903903.html
In attempting to prove that former escort-service
entrepreneur Deborah Jeane Palfrey was, in reality, an upscale pimp,
prosecutors yesterday summoned seven more admitted ex-prostitutes to the
witness stand in federal court in Washington -- not one of them as unlikely
a call girl as Rhona Reiss, PhD.
"I got to the hotel," Reiss testified, describing
one of "more than 100" sexual encounters she had with clients of Palfrey's
firm. "He introduced himself and he sat down and took his pants off" and
asked her to perform a sex act. "I did."
"How old are you?" Palfrey's attorney inquired.
"Sixty-three."
And how old was she when she took a job with
Palfrey as a $250-an-hour escort, indulging the sexual fantasies of male
clients in homes and hotel rooms in the Washington area?
"Fifty-six," Reiss said.
She studied occupational therapy as an
undergraduate at the University of Pennsylvania in the 1960s, received a
master's degree in the field from the University of Florida and a doctorate
in higher education from the University of North Texas. She used to be
director of education for the American Occupational Therapy Association.
"Her numerous career adventures include clinical
and academic positions in Tokyo, Chicago, Sydney, Dallas and Washington,
D.C.," the Rocky Mountain University of Health Professions said in a 2006
news release, announcing Reiss's appointment to the faculty as head of a
graduate program.
Not listed among her career adventures was the
position she accepted in February 2001 after answering a Washington City
Paper ad for Palfrey's now-defunct escort business, Pamela Martin &
Associates. In her application letter, Reiss, who now lives in Gaithersburg,
touched briefly on her academic bona fides and highlighted her more relevant
credentials: "fantastic smile, lovely breasts, very shapely legs."
"She said it was adult entertainment," Reiss told
the jury, recalling her job interview with Palfrey. "She asked if I had done
that sort of work before. I hadn't."
And so went another day of testimony in Palfrey's
racketeering and money-laundering trial in U.S. District Court, another
parade of erstwhile call girls, reluctant characters in a legal drama at
once sad and comically absurd. Most spoke in monotones, some squirmed, a few
dabbed at tears.
They are women conservatively attired for court and
hardly resembling the glamour photos they mailed to Palfrey when they were
looking for work in 1998, or 2003, or 1995.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
I'm sure we can think of some new acronyms for PhD, DBA, DCS, EED, and what have
you, but I'm not going to touch those with a ten foot pole.
Question
What is the trend in the number of doctoral degrees awarded
in accountancy in the United States?
Answer
It all depends on who you ask and whether or not the alma
maters are AACSB accredited universities
(note that the AACSB accredits bachelors and masters degree
programs but not doctoral programs per se).
The data suggest that there are a lot of ABD doctoral
students who never complete the final hurdle of writing a
dissertation, although this is only my speculation based
upon the higher number of graduates that I would expect from
the size of the enrollments.
On January 27, 2006, Jean Heck at
Villanova sent me the following message:
This data is only for AACSB accredited schools, so the
numbers you had for Accounting in the slide are a little
bigger. I got these numbers straight from the AACSB data
director. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounting & Finance Historical Data 2000 - 2004 |
|
|
|
|
Accounting |
Full Time Enrollment |
Part Time Enrollment |
Degrees Conferred |
2000 |
552 |
36 |
122 |
|
|
|
|
2001 |
585 |
80 |
102 |
|
|
|
|
2002 |
578 |
13 |
97 |
|
|
|
|
2003 |
694 |
12 |
103 |
|
|
|
|
2004 |
631 |
16 |
86 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance |
|
|
|
2000 |
738 |
59 |
159 |
|
|
|
|
2001 |
771 |
109 |
129 |
|
|
|
|
2002 |
807 |
49 |
125 |
|
|
|
|
2003 |
939 |
40 |
136 |
|
|
|
|
2004 |
859 |
48 |
109 |
********************
Jensen Comment
Hasselback, J.R. (2006), Accounting Faculty Directory
2006-2007 (Prentice-Hall, Just Prior to Page 1) reports the
following doctoral graduates in accounting:
1998–99 122 - 18%
1999–00 095 - 22%
2000–01 108 +14%
2001–02 099 - 08%
2002–03 069 - 30%
In Slide 23 of her Presidential
Address at the American Accounting Association Annual Meetings in
San Francisco on August 10, Judy Rayburn presented the following
data regarding doctoral graduates in accounting ---
http://aaahq.org/AM2005/menu.htm
145 Accounting Ph.D.s were awarded in 2002-2003, an increase
over 2001-2002 estimates.
TABLE 3B
Accounting Ph.D’s Awarded 1998–99 Through 2002–03
Number of Graduates Rate of Growth
1998–99 185 – 3%
1999–00 195 + 5%
2000–01 115 – 41%
2001–02 110 – 4%
2002–03 145 + 32%
Data from the U.S. Department of Education
You can download an Excel spreadsheet of Doctor's degrees conferred
by degree-granting institutions, by discipline division: Selected
years, 1970-71 to 2002-03 ---
http://nces.ed.gov/programs/digest/d04/tables/dt04_252.asp
Part of that spreadsheet is shown below:
Table 252. Doctor's degrees
conferred by degree-granting institutions, by discipline
division:
Selected years, 1970-71 to 2002-03 |
_ |
_ |
_ |
_ |
_ |
_ |
Discipline division |
1998-99 |
1999-00 |
2000-01 |
2001-02 |
2002-03 |
|
_ |
_ |
_ |
_ |
_ |
Agriculture and natural
resources ................. |
1,231 |
1,168 |
1,127 |
1,148 |
1,229 |
Architecture and related
services ....................... |
123 |
129 |
153 |
183 |
152 |
Area, ethnic, cultural, and
gender studies ................................... |
187 |
205 |
216 |
212 |
186 |
Biological and biomedical
sciences ....................................... |
5,024 |
5,180 |
4,953 |
4,823 |
5,003 |
Business
........................................................... |
1,201 |
1,194 |
1,180 |
1,156 |
1,251 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Communication, journalism, and
related programs
.............................................. |
347 |
347 |
368 |
374 |
394 |
Communications technologies
.......................... |
5 |
10 |
2 |
9 |
4 |
Computer and information
sciences ........................... |
801 |
779 |
768 |
752 |
816 |
Education
............................................... |
6,394 |
6,409 |
6,284 |
6,549 |
6,835 |
Engineering
........................................... |
5,432 |
5,390 |
5,542 |
5,187 |
5,276 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Engineering technologies
................................ |
29 |
31 |
62 |
58 |
57 |
English language and
literature/letters ....................... |
1,407 |
1,470 |
1,330 |
1,291 |
1,246 |
Family and consumer
sciences/human sciences ........... |
323 |
327 |
354 |
311 |
372 |
Foreign languages, literatures,
and linguistics ......................... |
1,049 |
1,086 |
1,078 |
1,003 |
1,042 |
Health professions and related
clinical sciences ............................ |
1,920 |
2,053 |
2,242 |
2,913 |
3,328 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal professions and studies
................................... |
58 |
74 |
286 |
79 |
105 |
Liberal arts and sciences, |
|
|
|
|
|
general studies, and
humanities ................................. |
78 |
83 |
102 |
113 |
78 |
Library science
.......................................... |
55 |
68 |
58 |
45 |
62 |
Mathematics and statistics
........................................ |
1,090 |
1,075 |
997 |
923 |
1,007 |
Multi/interdisciplinary studies
................................ |
754 |
792 |
784 |
765 |
899 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parks, recreation, leisure and
fitness studies ................... |
137 |
134 |
177 |
151 |
199 |
Philosophy and religious
studies .................................. |
584 |
598 |
600 |
610 |
662 |
Physical sciences and science
technologies ............................. |
4,142 |
3,963 |
3,911 |
3,760 |
3,858 |
Psychology
......................................... |
4,695 |
4,731 |
5,091 |
4,759 |
4,831 |
Public administration and
social services ........................ |
532 |
537 |
574 |
571 |
596 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Security and protective
services .................................... |
48 |
52 |
44 |
49 |
72 |
Social sciences and history
........................................ |
3,855 |
4,095 |
3,930 |
3,902 |
3,850 |
Theology and religious
vocations .................... |
1,440 |
1,630 |
1,461 |
1,350 |
1,321 |
Transportation and materials
moving ..................... |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
Visual and performing arts
............................... |
1,130 |
1,127 |
1,167 |
1,114 |
1,293 |
Not classified by field of
study ................... |
6 |
71 |
63 |
0 |
0 |
Question
Why is supply of doctoral faculty, and possibly all business faculty, not a
sustainable process?
Jensen Answer
See Below
Question
Why do accounting doctoral students have to be more like science students
than medical students and law students?
Jensen Answer
With the explosion of demand for accounting faculty, production of only
about 100 doctoral graduates from AACSB schools is no longer a sustainable
process. Perhaps the time has come to have a Scholarship Track and a Research Track
in accounting doctoral studies. One of the real barriers to entry has been the
narrow quantitative method and science method curriculum now required in
virtually all doctoral programs in accountancy. Many accounting professionals
who contemplate returning to college for doctoral degrees are not interested
and/or not talented in our present narrow Ph.D. curriculum.
In my opinion this will work only if our most prestigious universities take
the lead in lending prestige to Scholarship Track doctoral students in
accounting. Case Western is one university that has already taken a small step
in this direction. Now lets open this alternative to younger students who have
perhaps only had a few years experience in accounting practice,
In the January 30, 2006 edition of New Bookmarks I presented tables of
the numbers of doctoral graduates in all disciplines with particular stress on
those in accounting, finance, and business in general. As baby boomers from the
World War II era commence to retire, the AACSB International predicts a crisis
shortage of new faculty to take their place and to meet the growth in popularity
of business programs in universities. In August
2002, the AACSB International Management Education Task Force (METF) issued a
landmark report, “Management Education at Risk.” The 2002 report on this is
available at
http://www.aacsb.edu/publications/dfc/default.asp
In particular, note the section on "Rethinking Doctoral Education" quoted below.
Rethinking Doctoral Education
Several issues in doctoral education are in need of
rethinking in light of doctoral faculty shortages. They include vertical
orientation, strategies for sourcing doctoral faculty, the relevance of
curricula, rewards and promotion, accreditation standards, and leveraging
technology.
Vertical Orientation
Doctoral education is built on vertical orientation
to disciplines, requiring prospective applicants to choose their field at
the point of entry. Many doctoral programs train students in narrowly
defined research agendas, giving them little, if any, exposure to research
problems and methodologies outside their discipline. In parallel, most
hiring adheres to traditional departmental tracks, with few instances of
cross-departmental appointments because they are inherently challenging to
the structure of most business schools. Among the schools that are
exceptions is IMD, in Switzerland, which eliminated departmental and rank
distinctions.
Meanwhile, advancement in business knowledge and
thinking requires research frameworks that can span functional and industry
boundaries. And businesses continue to call for more cross-functional
education in undergraduate and MBA programs. There is inevitable and
healthy tension between training and theory in vertical disciplines, on the
one hand, and the evolving issues of the marketplace that tend to defy such
neat categorization, on the other.
There is little question that schools need to add
to their doctoral curricula research training that encompasses questions and
methodologies across vertical boundaries. Unless some shifts are
instituted, the training ground for researchers in business will become less
relevant to the knowledge advances the marketplace needs and demands, and to
the teaching and learning needs within business schools.
Strategies for Sourcing Doctoral Faculty
To preserve the inimitable scholarship role of
business academics, faculty resources need to be better leveraged. Business
schools must address pervasive doctoral shortages creatively by reaching
beyond traditional sources for doctoral faculty. Though not without
challenges, the following are among possible alternative sources of doctoral
faculty:
- Ph.D. graduates of research disciplines
outside business schools (for example, psychology, sociology,
anthropology, physics, biotechnology), who bring alternative
perspectives on business education and research.
- Executive or professional doctoral
graduates from programs outside the advanced theoretical research
category, such as the Executive Doctor of Management program at Case
Western Reserve University.
- Ph.D. graduates from other fields who have
accumulated years of business experience and can serve as doctorally
qualified clinical professors.
- New models of qualification to the doctorate,
practiced by some European schools, that award doctoral degrees based
solely on published research.
Along with tapping new sources for doctoral
faculty, such strategies may have the added benefit of increasing the
"practice" flavor of curricula.
A concurrent approach to support continued, vibrant
scholarship of business research faculty is a productivity-enhancement
strategy, rather than a focus on faculty supply. The reason for suggesting
that approaches to enhance productivity are needed is that reduced teaching
loads alone do not ensure increased faculty research contributions.
Possible such approaches include faculty development in best research
practices; greater flexibility in faculty employment relationships, to
facilitate researcher collaboration and mobility across institutions; a
multilevel faculty model that fine-tunes faculty assignments to fit their
competencies; and differentiated performance accountability and rewards
around these assignments.
The quest for sustained research productivity also
hinges on our definition of research. EQUIS, the business school
accreditation program offered by the European Foundation for Management
Development, has proposed an expanded definition of research to include
research, development, and innovation (RDI). RDI includes activities
related to the origination, dissemination, and application of knowledge to
practical management.
I have always been one to distinguish scholarship from research. One can be a
scholar by mastering some important subset of what is already known. A
researcher must attempt to contribute new knowledge to this subset. Every
academic discipline has an obligation to conduct research in an effort to keep
the knowledge base dynamic and alive. However, this does not necessarily mean
that every tenured professor must have been a researcher at some point along the
way as long as the criteria for tenure include highly significant scholarship.
This tends not to be the model we work with in colleges and universities in
modern times. But given the extreme shortages in accounting doctoral students,
perhaps the time has come to attract more scholars into our discipline. It will
require a huge rethinking of curriculum and thesis requirements, and I do think
there should be a thesis requirement that demonstrates advanced scholarship. I
also think that the curriculum should cover a variety of disciplines without
aspirations to produce Super CPAs to teach accounting. Possibly universities
will even generate some doctoral theses other than the present ones that
everybody hopes, including the authors, that nobody will read.
Medical schools have used these two tracks for years. Some medical professors
are highly skilled clinically and teach medicine without necessarily devoting
80% of their time in research labs. Other medical professors spend more than 80%
of their time in research labs. In law, the distinction is less obvious, but I
think when push comes to shove there are many law professors who have mastered
case law without contributing significantly to what the legal profession would
call new knowledge. Other law professors are noted for their contributions to
new theory.
Along these lines follows an obligation to teach “professionalization” in
an effort to attract doctoral students
Donald E. Hall finishes his series with proposals to change the dissertation
process and a call to teach “professionalization.”
"Collegiality and Graduate School Training," by Donald E. Hall, Inside
Higher Ed, January 24, 2006 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/workplace/2006/01/24/hall
This emphasis on conversational skills
and commitments allows us then to fine tune also our
definition of what “professionalization” actually means.
Certainly in the venues above — the classroom and in
research mentorship — we work to make our students more
aware of the norms and best practices of academic
professional life. But the graduate programs that are most
concerned with meeting their students’ needs attend also to
that professionalization process by offering seminars,
roundtables, workshops, and other activities to students
intent on or just thinking about pursuing an academic
career. In all of these it is important to note that
aspiring academics are not only entering the conversation
represented by their research fields, but also the
conversation of a dynamic and multi-faceted profession.
This does mean encouraging literal
conversations among graduate students and recent graduates
who have taken a wide variety of positions — from high
profile academic, to teaching centered, to those in the
publishing industry and a wide variety of non-academic
fields. I started this essay by noting that when I was a
graduate student I had never heard from or about individuals
who had taken jobs like the one I eventually took. Certainly
I could have sought out those individuals on my own (though
I didn’t know them personally, since they were not part of
my cohort group), but it is also true that those individuals
were not generally recognized as ones to emulate.
One hopes, given the terrible
prospects that most new Ph.D.’s face today as they enter the
academic job market, that such snobbishness has waned.
However, I still would not go so far as to say that we
should tell students that “any job” is better than “no job”
or that they should simply “take what they can get.” Some
individuals would be terribly mismatched with certain
positions — weak teachers who live for research should not
take positions at teaching universities unless they are
willing to re-prioritize and devote their energies to
improving their pedagogies. Similarly, I have known superb
teachers with poor research habits and skills who have taken
wholly inappropriate positions at prestigious universities
and then lost those jobs for low research productivity
during third year or tenure reviews (unfortunately, they
sometimes got their jobs in the first place because they
were able to — and were counseled to — market themselves
within certain highly sought-after identity political fields
but with no recognition of their own individual needs or
abilities). A discussion of who will be happy and will
succeed where must be part of any broad conversation on the
academic profession, whether that conversation takes place
in seminars, workshops, or with groups of students about to
“go on the market.”
Indeed, it is vital to invite
students into conversation on these matters as often and as
early as possible. At the beginning of every meeting of
every graduate class I teach, I ask if there are any
questions on the minds of the students regarding their
program, general professional issues or processes, or the
often unexplained norms of academic life. Even if students
are sometimes too shy to ask what they really want to know
in class, their recognition of my willingness to address
such issues means they often show up during office hours to
ask what they consider an embarrassing question (“how much
do assistant professors typically make?” or “what do you say
in a cover letter when you send out an article for
consideration?”). We have to let students know that we are
willing to share information with them in an honest and
practical manner. We should be “open texts” for them to read
and learn from in their own processes of professional
interpretation and skill-building.
I believe it would be useful to
build some of the expectations above into the desired
outcomes of our graduate programs. In fact, I haven’t heard
of any programs that articulate specific goals for
professionalization processes, but I think we should be
asking what specifically we wish the end product to be of
those seminars, workshops, and other conversations about
academic life. I would offer that an overarching goal might
be to help our students become more supple and skilled
participants in the wide variety of conversations that
comprise an academic career. By necessity, acquiring this
conversational skill means learning the value of being both
multi-voiced and open to the perspectives of others.
This bears some explanation. By
multi-voiced I am not implying that students should learn to
be Machiavellian or duplicitous. Rather, I mean that all of
us who are thriving in our careers have learned to speak
within a wide variety of contexts and to choose our language
carefully depending upon the venue. I would never speak in
class as I do in some of my more theoretically dense
writings. I would never speak to administrators from other
departments as I do to those in my home department who use
the same terms and points of reference. And finally I would
never speak to the public exactly as I would to a scholarly
audience at a conference. Being multi-voiced in this way
means being aware of your conversation partners’ needs and
placing their need to understand above your own desire to
express yourself in intellectually self-serving ways.
And this is, in fact, an important
component of being open to the perspectives of others. Yet
that openness also means allowing one’s own beliefs, values,
and opinions to be challenged and transformed by contact
with those of conversation partners. This does not mean
being unwilling to defend one’s beliefs (whether on matters
of social justice or minute points of interpretation), but
it does mean being able to position oneself at least
partially outside of oneself in the process of
conversational exchange. It certainly means working to
understand how the general public perceives the academy (and
the debate over tenure, for example). It means trying to see
the world through the eyes of a different generation of
professors who may not use the same methodologies or
theoretical touchstones in their work. It means seeing one’s
own sacredly held positions as ones that exist in a
landscape of positions, many of which are also sacredly
held.
Continued in article
Question
What do students in accounting and religious studies have in common?
Answer
They both encounter the great divide in higher education. You can substitute the
word "religion" with "accounting" in most of the following article.
"The ‘Great Divide’ in Religious Studies," by Scott Jaschik, Inside Higher
Ed, November 20, 2006 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2006/11/20/religion
When it comes to introductory courses in religion
and theology, the big division isn’t a question of faith, but of priorities.
Students want lots of discussion in class sessions
and they want to learn facts about religious groups. They also want to
become better people. Professors aren’t opposed to any of those things, but
they are much more interested in teaching critical thinking. While the
numbers vary, the gap between students’ and professors’ goals for these
courses is evident at both religious and non-religious institutions.
These are among the results of a national survey of
introductory courses in religion and theology. The study will be published
in book form next year, but the lead investigator — Barbara E. Walvoord of
the University of Notre Dame — gave a preview of the findings Sunday to a
standing-room-only audience at the annual meeting of the American Academy of
Religion. She spoke of the “great divide” between what professors want to
accomplish and what students want to achieve — and a panel of professors who
teach intro courses offered their take on dealing with the divergence.
Walvoord’s study involved surveys of students and
faculty members in 533 introductory courses at a wide range of colleges.
More than 12,000 students participated. For Sunday’s presentation, Walvoord
presented data from 66 courses whose instructors had been identified by
their institutions as “highly effective.” Walvoord said that the data on
course goals was consistent with the larger group.
Both students and professors were asked whether
certain goals were important. The percentages below are those who said that
those goals were either “essential” or “important” for the introductory
courses. The secular college category includes both public colleges and
private nonsectarian colleges. In most cases at religious colleges, the
courses were required and at secular colleges, the courses were not required
but were one way to fulfill a general education requirement or enter a
major.
Faculty and Student Priorities for Intro
Religious Studies Courses
Goal |
Faculty at religious colleges |
Students at religious affiliations |
Faculty at secular colleges |
Students at secular colleges |
Develop critical thinking |
84% |
65% |
92% |
59% |
Develop students’ moral and ethical values |
52% |
73% |
25% |
54% |
Develop students’ own religious beliefs |
42% |
70% |
8% |
51% |
Consider or strengthen students’
commitment to a particular set of beliefs |
29% |
63% |
17% |
43% |
Walvoord noted that the statistics are surprising
for many kinds of institutions — noting the low percentages of professors at
religious institutions with moral and religioius agendas for their students,
and the high percentages of students at secular institutions with hopes for
such an experience in class.
Among other findings:
- Students are much more interested than
professors in learning facts about religion and discussing “big
questions” about the meaning of life.
- Discussion is crucial to students. When
students in “highly effective” courses were asked what part of the
classes was most helpful, discussion was the top answer. When those same
students were asked about how the courses could be improved, the top
answer was: more discussion.
- Many students take courses in religious
studies fully expecting their views to be challenged. About 40 percent
of “secure Christians” (those with no doubts about their faith) reported
that they expected their beliefs to be challenged — with some predicting
that their beliefs wouldn’t change as a result and others open to the
possibility that it might.
The findings presented at the meeting Sunday are
part of an unusual effort on pedagogy. Participants are helping to gather
information, but they are also receiving breakdowns on the surveys of their
own students — so professors are trying to apply some of the findings to
their own courses, even before final results are out. The project is
sponsored by Notre Dame, the
Wabash Center
for Teaching and Learning in Theology and Religion,
and the IDEA
Center at Kansas State University. The work comes
at a time of considerable discussion on
the role of religion in the academy
and
students’ interest in developing spiritually
while they are in college.
In the discussion at the session, some professors
noted that those at public institutions may have lines that they can’t
cross. “I teach at a public community college. I can’t care about the
religious development of my students,” said one professor in the audience.
Walvoord stressed that the purpose of the project
was not to suggest that there was one “correct” model — and she acknowledged
that much depends on institutional mission. But she said it was important to
talk about the assumptions students and professors bring to the courses. In
response to the community college professor’s question, Walvoord also said
that in her interviews with study participants, she has found that many have
“official” course goals for the syllabus and “sub rosa goals” that are
important and not expressed.
Those sub rosa goals are all over the place, she
said. Some professors at secular institutions do see themselves playing a
role in students’ moral development. Some professors at religious
institutions have goals of teaching their students to be more tolerant of
others’ beliefs or to rely on sources other than the Bible to make
arguments.
In the Classroom
Professors from both religious and secular
institutions spoke at the session about how they try to balance the issues
raised by the study. One common issue about which professors spoke was
trying to help students see that that the role of professor isn’t the same
as the role of a clergy member — even when the professor is ordained.
David C. Ratke is an assistant professor of
religion at Lenoir-Rhyne College, a North Carolina college affiliated with
the Evangelical Lutheran Church, in which Ratke is an ordained pastor. One
of the things he does on the first day of his introductory course is talk
about his own religious and intellectual development, and to talk about his
overlapping but not identical interests in his students. As a Lutheran, he
said, he feels “jubilant” when a student embraces the faith or comes to a
deeper understanding of it. But as a professor he is focused on intellectual
development — and strives to help students understand the subject matter
regardless of their faith.
Across the country, James K. Wellman teaches
religion in a very different environment at the University of Washington, a
public university where most of his students do not profess any religion.
While he is frank in class, Wellman said he also sets up a space where he
and his students can be even more open. He holds weekly “coffee hours” where
the ground rules are that nothing he says can be held against him and that
he can’t hold against a student anything he or she says.
In class, Wellman said he’s constantly trying to
challenge students’ assumptions, asking them what religious bias may be
involved in terms like “war on terrorism” or what lessons about the
religious right can be learned from the fall of Ted Haggard, the Colorado
evangelist who was until recently campaigning against gay marriage while
having a relationship with a male prostitute. But in between those
challenges, Wellman said that he’s also very conscious that what students
want is information and values: “They want to learn about differences. Tell
us who the Muslims are. They want to overcome their prejudices,” he said.
Some of this material may be ‘boring” to
professors, he said, but the study has reminded him of its importance.
In many cases, professors said, general education
skills of critical education can be combined effectively with subject matter
instruction. Martha Reineke, a professor of religion at the University of
Northern Iowa, has students write religious autobiographies in which they
are encouraged to start with older relatives, preferably grandparents, and
trace the evolution of their own religious beliefs.
Many of her students are from the area and have
families who have lived in the area for generations, and they may think of
religious belief as unchanging. Reineke said that these multi-generation
reports get students thinking about the evolution of religious belief, as
they learn about era when Protestant-Roman Catholic intermarriage would have
been unthinkable, for instance. In another exercise, she uses an essay about
the significance in Hinduism of where in the home certain religious objects
are located, and then has students shift gears and think about the
significance of the location of religious objects in their homes.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
What professors face today is that knowledge bases of their disciplines are
approaching infinity in modern times relative knowledge archives in prior to the
20th century. Some rightly prefer to not to teach in the same way professors
taught before the 20th century. Others in search of higher teaching evaluations
give in to student demands to teach the facts --- "just the facts mam." In
accounting many of the leading research professors do not even want to sacrifice
their own time learning the exceedingly complex rules (principles, standards)
for complicated contract accounting requirements. These professors prefer study
of research methods, techniques, and critical thinking. Accounting students want
to learn more about the complex rules. Reasons vary --- Complex rules appeal to
our great memorizing students who migrate toward accounting; Complex rules are
on the dreaded CPA examination; Knowledge of complex rules can lead to higher
job performance evaluations.
I think that in professions like medicine, law, accounting, and engineering
that it is unwise to teach at either extreme of facts versus critical thinking.
I would most certainly hate to rely on a brain surgeon who's only learned how to
think critically. I want my attorneys to know a tremendous amount of facts about
statutes. I certainly want my bridge builders to know a lot of facts about
materials and structural forces. But I also want these professionals to be able
to think critically and reason creatively when encountering situations not
covered in existing knowledge bases. But mark of a professional scholar still
lies in knowing a huge amount of the facts in the knowledge base of the
profession. The rhetorical question is how much of that should be learned in
college courses. Students most certainly want to graduate with a significant
understanding of the knowledge bases of their chosen disciplines.
Bob Jensen's threads on the sad state of accounting research
are at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/theory01.htm#AcademicsVersusProfession
"Are American Scientists an Endangered Species?" by Marc Zimmer,
Issues in Higher Ed, July 2, 2007 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/views/2007/07/02/zimmer
There is little doubt that the United States has
some of the best science and engineering schools in the world. So why should
we be concerned that the American scientist might become an endangered
species?
The main problem is that too few Americans are
enrolling in these programs. Although the number of students enrolled in
science and engineering graduate programs in the United States has increased
by 25 percent from 1994 to 2001, the number of U.S. citizens enrolled in
these programs has declined by 10 percent during that period. Contrast this
with India, Japan, China and South Korea, where the number of bachelor’s
degrees in the sciences has doubled and the number of engineering bachelor’s
degrees has quadrupled since 1975.
In the United States, 17 percent of all bachelor’s
degrees are awarded in the sciences and engineering, while in China, 52
percent of four-year degrees focus on STEM areas. This trend is just as
obvious in graduate programs: U.S. graduate degrees in the sciences make up
only about 13 percent of graduate degrees awarded in this country. In Japan,
South Korea, Sweden and Switzerland over 40 percent of the graduate degrees
are awarded in science.
The numbers indicate that the American scientist
population is not healthy, especially not in comparison to scientists in
other countries. This will impact America’s ability to retain its place in
the global (scientific and technological) food chain. What could be
responsible for this decline? My money is on the changing habitat of the
American scientist , climate change, and the introduction of exotic species.
Changing habitat. The number of males going to
colleges and universities in America is declining. This has a significant
effect on the number of scientists, since white males make up two-thirds of
the scientific workforce but represent only one third of the population.
Possible reasons for this — competition from computer games and the
disappearance of chemistry sets. Fortunately the number of females entering
the sciences is increasing; however it’s not fast enough to keep up with the
disappearing males.
African Americans, Hispanics, and American Indians
comprise 23 percent of the American population and the percentage is
increasing. However, students from under-represented minority groups make up
only 13 percent of science graduates. They are an intellectual talent pool
that is waiting to be tapped.
Climate change. The authority and autonomy of
science is being eroded. The current administration is mainly responsible
for this. How can we expect our youth to aspire to being scientists when
NASA, NOAA and the Smithsonian admit to changing reports, graphs and
scientific conclusions in order to appease the Bush administration’s ideas
about global warming?
There are no modern Einsteins gracing the cover of
Rolling Stone. Most Americans will have difficulty naming a living and
influential scientist. Perhaps this is due to the decrease in popular
science writing. In the same week as the Time/People/Fortune group of
magazines laid off their three science writers they paid $4.1 million for
the pictures of Brad Pitt and Angelina Jolie’s baby.
Decreased biodiversity. In 2005, 29 percent of
science and engineering graduate students were not U.S. citizens or
permanent residents. Due to stricter immigration regulations after 9/11
fewer of these graduates were able to join the ranks of the American
scientist — depleting the species of diversity and many talented
individuals.
Introduction of exotic species. Pseudoscience is
putting a dent in the reputation of the American scientist at home and
abroad. A $27 million museum just opened in Kentucky. It claims to use
science to prove that everything in the book of Genesis is true. Three
Republican presidential candidates do not believe in evolution, not
surprising since a recent poll showed that half of Americans agree, and
think the age of the earth is in the thousands of years, not billions. Here
again the authority and autonomy of science are called into question.
According to EndangeredSpecie.com, “One of the most
important ways to help threatened plants and animals survive is to protect
their habitats permanently in national parks, nature reserves or wilderness
areas. There they can live without too much interference from humans.”
Perhaps this could be adapted for the endangered American scientists: One of
the most important ways to help threatened scientists is to protect their
habitats permanently in laboratories, classrooms and museums. There they can
live without too much interference from politics and religion.
Broken Promises and Pork Binges
The Democratic majority came to power in January promising to do a better job on
earmarks. They appeared to preserve our reforms and even take them a bit
further. I commended Democrats publicly for this action. Unfortunately, the
leadership reversed course. Desperate to advance their agenda, they began
trading earmarks for votes, dangling taxpayer-funded goodies in front of
wavering members to win their support for leadership priorities.
John Boehner, "Pork Barrel
Stonewall," The Wall Street Journal, September 27, 2007 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB119085546436140827.html
"Earmarks Again Eat Into the Amount Available for Merit-Based Research,
Analysis Finds," by Jeffrey Brainard, Chronicle of Higher Education,
January 9, 2008 ---
http://chronicle.com/daily/2008/01/1161n.htm
After a one-year moratorium for most earmarks,
Congress resumed directing noncompetitive grants for scientific research to
favored constituents, including universities, this year, a new analysis
says.
Spending for nondefense research fell by about
one-third in the 2008 fiscal year, compared with 2006, but the earmarked
money nevertheless ate into sums available for traditional, merit-reviewed
grants, the
analysis
by the American Association for the Advancement of
Science found.
In all, Congress earmarked $4.5-billion for 2,526
research projects in appropriations bills for 2008, according to the AAAS.
Legislators approved the measures in November and December, and President
Bush signed them.
More important, lawmakers increased spending for
earmarks in federal research-and-development programs by a greater amount
than they added to the programs for all purposes, the AAAS reported. That
will result in a net decrease in money available for nonearmarked research
grants, which federal agencies typically distributed based on merit and
competition.
For example, Congress added $2.1-billion to the
Pentagon's overall request for basic and applied research and for early
technology development, but lawmakers also specified an even-larger amount,
$2.2-billion, for earmarked projects in those same accounts.
For nondefense research projects, Congress showed
restraint in earmarking, providing only $939-million in the 2008 fiscal
year, which began in October. That was down from about $1.5-billion in 2006
and appeared to reflect a pledge by Congressional Democrats to reduce the
total number of earmarks.
For the Pentagon, total spending on research
earmarks of all kinds reached $3.5-billion, much higher than the
$911-million tallied by the AAAS in 2007. (Pentagon earmarks were among the
only kind financed by Congress that year.) However, the apparent increase
was largely the result of an accounting change: For 2008, Congress mandated
increased disclosure of earmarks, a change that especially affected the
tally of Pentagon earmarks, said Kei Koizumi, director of the association's
R&D Budget and Policy Program. Adjusting for that change, the total number
of Defense Department earmarks appears to have fallen in 2008, he said.
As in past years, lawmakers avoided earmarking
budgets for the National Institutes of Health and the National Science
Foundation, the two principal sources of federal funds for academic
research. The Departments of Energy and Agriculture were the most heavily
earmarked domestic research agencies. After being earmark-free for the first
years of its existence, the Department of Homeland Security got $82-million
in research-and-development earmarks for 2008.
The AAAS did not report how much of the earmarked
research money will go to colleges, but academic institutions have
traditionally gotten most of it. Some research earmarks go to corporations
and federal laboratories. In addition, many colleges obtain earmarks for
nonresearch projects, like renovating dormitories and classroom buildings,
but the AAAS does not track that spending.
Academic earmarks more than quadrupled from 1996 to
2003,
The Chronicle found. The practice is
controversial because some critics see it as circumventing peer review and
supporting projects of dubious quality. Supporters call earmarks the only
way to finance some types of worthy projects not otherwise supported by the
federal government.
Bob Jensen's fraud updates are at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
An Internet Casualty: The Losing Research Edge of Elite
Universities
"Losing Their Edge?" by Scott Jaschik, Inside Higher Ed, June 1, 2006
---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2006/06/01/edge
As the Internet changed the nature of higher
education in the last decade or so, considerable research has examined the
question of whether students were changing enrollment patterns. But three
scholars whose findings were just published by the National Bureau of
Economic Research suggest that there has been a significant and largely
overlooked relocation going on since learning went online: among faculty
members.
n “Are Elite Universities Losing Their Competitive
Edge?,” the scholars examine evidence that the Internet — by allowing
professors to work with ease with scholars across the country and not just
across the quad — is leading to a spreading of academic talent at many more
institutions than has been the case in the past.
The research by E. Han Kim, Adair Morse and Luigi
Zingales is based on an analysis of faculty members in economics and finance
departments, but many of the conclusions do not appear to be factors that
would apply only in those disciplines. (
An abstract of the
findings is available online, where the full paper may be ordered for $5).
The basic approach of the research was to examine
the productivity of professors at elite universities (defined as the top 25
in economics and finance) in the 1970s, ’80s, and ’90s. What the scholars
found isn’t good news for those top departments. In the 1970s, a faculty
member moving from a non-top 25 university to Harvard University would
nearly double in productivity (based on various measures of journal
publishing, which is where most economics research appears). By the 1990s,
this impact had almost entirely disappeared.
Beyond Harvard, the study found that moving to 17
of the top economics departments would have had a significant positive
impact on productivity during the 1970s, while moving only to 5 of them had
a significant negative impact on productivity. By the 1990s, only 2 such
departments were having a positive impact on productivity while 9 had a
significant negative impact. Finance departments also saw a decline in
productivity impact.
The findings do not necessarily mean that top
economics departments are full of deadwood. But they do suggest a
“de-localization of the externality produced by more productive
researchers.” In other words, these days professors are no longer likely to
be more productive just because there is a genius down the hall. The
cultural norms of departments still matter, the authors write, and being
surrounded by non-productive colleagues has a negative impact on
productivity.
But you no longer need a critical mass on your own
campus to do good work. Part of this, the authors suggest, is that databases
can now be shared more easily across campuses, and so there is less of a
distinct advantage to being physically located at the top universities,
which also tend to be the places where more databases, library collections,
etc., reside.
And as more people are spread out at more
institutions, the elite professors work with them. At the start of the
1970s, the authors write, only 32 percent of the articles in top economics
journals that were written by a professor at an elite institution had a
co-author from a non-elite institution. That percentage had increased to 61
percent by 2004.
The implications of these shifts, the authors
write, can be seen at both non-elite and elite departments. Faculty members
are now “more mobile,” the authors write, “making it easier for a new place
to attract away the most talented researchers with higher salary.”
But the “universal access to knowledge” is also
having a benefit for faculty members at the top 25 departments. Prior to the
Internet, the authors write, the benefits of working in a top department
were greater, so professors might accept slightly lower pay because of such
benefits. With the disappearance of such benefits, data on salaries indicate
greater increases at the top 25 institutions that experienced the greatest
losses in productivity.
The authors of the piece work at top universities.
Kim is professor of business administration at the University of Michigan.
Morse is a graduate student in business at Michigan. Zingales is a visiting
professor of economics at Harvard.
June 1, 2006 message form Carolyn Kotlas
[kotlas@email.unc.edu]
IS THE INTERNET WEAKENING THE ELITES' EDGE?
In a study of economics and finance faculty
affiliated with the top 25 U.S. universities, E. Han Kim, Adair Morse, and
Luigi Zingales looked at the changes on scholarly research brought about by
the Internet. They sought answers to several questions: "How did these
changes modify the nature of the production of academic research? Did local
interaction become less important? If so, how does this decline affect the
value added of elite universities and hence their competitive edge?" Their
findings are published in the report "Are Elite Universities Losing Their
Competitive Edge?" (National Bureau of Economic Research Working Paper No.
12245, May 2006). The complete report is available online at
http://papers.nber.org/papers/W12245
Founded in 1920, the National Bureau of Economic
Research (NBER) is a "private, nonprofit, nonpartisan research organization
dedicated to promoting a greater understanding of how the economy works."
For more information, contact: National Bureau of Economic Research, Inc.,
1050 Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02138-5398 USA; tel: 617-868-3900;
fax: 617-868-2742;
email: info@nber.org
Web: http://www.nber.org/
Universities in the Marketplace: The
Commercialization of Higher Education
If we are really concerned about academic
standards, then we should apply those standards uniformly to the
University of Phoenix and the major universities now listed in the Top
25 NCAA Division 1 football, basketball, and baseball rankings.
An Enduring Story for a Pioneering For-Profit Distance Learning
Institution
60,000 undergraduate, graduate and doctoral degrees through its distance
learning program
Administrators say that one of the state’s
top universities — either the University of Michigan or Michigan State —
will soon partner with Central on a distance-based business program,
thanks to its strong and solid history. Likewise, leading giants in the
distance education field, including Phoenix, have turned to the
relatively small Midwestern campus for advice.
"Distance Ed Pioneer Reassesses Itself," by Rob Capriccioso, Inside
Higher Ed, May 3, 2006 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2006/05/03/central
“People are very devoted to our campus,”
says Terry Rawls, interim vice president and executive director of
professional education at Central Michigan University, “but I’m
embarrassed to say that most have never been to a Chippewa football
game.”
That’s because — long before for-profit
colleges like the University of Phoenix, Strayer University and
Capella University made Internet-based education a widespread
phenomenon — the institution has been churning out a variety of long
distance degrees for individuals who live nowhere near Michigan. The
university, located in Mt. Pleasant, smack dab in the middle of the
state, has awarded about 60,000 undergraduate, graduate and doctoral
degrees through its distance learning program since 1971, and about
7,000 students now enroll in distance learning courses during any
given term, according to the university. Central has 60 satellite
campuses total, with a majority of sites in Michigan, Georgia,
Virginia and Ontario.
About 10 percent of regular fulltime
instructors from the Central Michigan campus teach both online and
satellite courses. A total of over 200 faculty and staff members
administer the distance education programs. New instructors must
pass a strict review by faculty members from the main campus in
order to be hired. Of all institutions in the country, Central is
the second largest granter of master’s of business degrees to
African Americans.
Administrators say that one of the
state’s top universities — either the University of Michigan or
Michigan State — will soon partner with Central on a distance-based
business program, thanks to its strong and solid history. Likewise,
leading giants in the distance education field, including Phoenix,
have turned to the relatively small Midwestern campus for advice.
But as more institutions — publics,
privates and for-profits — get into the arena that Central first
started researching in the early 1970s, administrators at the
university are trying to cope with the competition. Like many other
pioneering distance education institutions, including the University
of Maryland University College, the institution is trying to figure
out how to position itself for growth, while remaining focused on
offering high quality education.
Phoenix, in particular, has recently opened
several campuses in Michigan, where Central currently has 14
satellites. There has been concern among administrators at Central
Michigan that enrollment growth would wane, which hasn’t happened
yet.
“It’s difficult for a school like CMU to
say that they’re a leader in this field in the Midwest when you’ve
got all kinds of Phoenixes popping up,” says Charles Baker-Clark, a
director with the American Association for Adult and Continuing
Education, who notes that one Phoenix campus has recently opened in
his hometown of Grand Rapids. “As a business, these kinds of shops
can be much more adaptable than a traditional university.”
For-profits aren’t the only competition.
Rawls says that many smaller public universities have created
programs similar to Central’s in various regions of the country.
“It’s the state schools that are trying to do what we’ve been doing
for 35 years now. Everybody is having problems with state
appropriations,” he says. “So more people are saying, ‘Let’s reach
out to adult learners to make some money.’ ”
Alan Knox, an education policy expert with
the University of Wisconsin at Madison, cautions that institutions
that think of distance learning as a money-making venture would be
wise to explore failures like Columbia University, which spent
millions of dollars on a widely heralded distance education program
that failed to take off. “When you look at the cost-benefit ratio,
some assume that distance learning will be profitable,” says Knox.
“But in actuality, it is not hugely different if you ignore the
costs of building and operating bricks and mortar campuses.”
Rawls also says that Central Michigan is
trying to be proactive on the recruitment and retention front. Not
an easy task, considering the fact that the off-campus division of
the university is limited in its budget abilities to spend money on
marketing. Some for-profits spend up to 25 percent of their revenue
on glossy marketing campaigns that have nationwide appeal. “There’s
no way that we can afford to play that game,” says Rawls, even
though his division is self-supporting and provided about $5 million
in profits back to the Mt. Pleasant campus over the past year.
The off-campus programs, to date, have
largely depended on word-of-mouth advertising, but administrators
are currently upping their e-marketing efforts and working with
Web-based companies on how to optimize keyword searches.
Administrators, too, have reached out to
Eduventures, a consulting firm that focuses on the education
industry, to help the institution communicate its strengths and
learn from its weaknesses. That firm has suggested that Central
focus on efforts that help them stand out from other institutions.
“Why are we successful?” asks Rawls.
“Because we have been doing it longer than most and we are as good
as or better than anyone in the country.”
In Rawls’s book, being “good” means
implementing programs that work for adult learners, who make up the
majority of consumer of Central’s distance learning programs. The
university offers a variety of courses to meet the divergent needs
of individuals, including Web-based programs as well as traditional
distance learning programs where a student can take evening courses
at a Central campus — in, for instance, Hawaii. In Atlanta alone,
Central has 12 learning centers, which makes it easier for commuters
to not have to deal with as much traffic, says Rawls.
“Our goal is to deliver the same academic
experience in terms of educational quality in both on- and off-
campus efforts,” says Cheri DeClercq, associate director of
enrollment management for Central’s off-campus programs.
DeClercq also says that Central is
competitive in terms of pricing. For most distance learning programs
offered by the institution, the cost is $345 per credit hour,
whether the classes are offered online or at satellite campuses.
Many for-profit institutions charge substantially more for online
courses than they do for in-person courses because they tend to be
more attractive to students who need flexible scheduling.
Rawls also hopes to expand the number of
online offerings vastly in the short term. About 15 percent of the
classes currently offered in the off-campus programs are online, and
he wants to be more competitive with other institutions on this
front. “Central and many other institutions around the country are
trying to respond to the for-profit market by embracing technology
in ways that help students,” says Knox.
Deborah Ball, dean of the University of
Michigan’s School of Education and an expert on distance education,
says that Central should be careful what programs can and should be
offered online and what needs to be done in person. Rawls says he
realizes that one of the strongest aspects of the program to date
has been the one-on-one interaction that Central has been able to
offer thousands of students at satellite campuses.
Central Michigan’s Board of Trustees has
kept a watchful eye over the growth and development of the
off-campus programs. In the early part of this decade, they explored
a plan to largely expand the off-campus program to try to create
more funds. They determined that accreditation and other concerns
put the idea out of reach at that time.
“We are such a different and unique beast,”
says Rawls. He sees Central going one of two routes over the next 35
years. “We could have a damned good extended learning program in
Michigan because of our infrastructure here already and really focus
on that,” he says. “Or we could have a worldwide online operation,
leveraging on our face-to-face presences already.”
He seems to favor a combination of the two.
From Syllabus News on January 13, 2004
Wal-Mart Signs Capella (Central Michigan) U. as ‘Preferred’ Online
Ed Provider
Wal-Mart, the nation’s largest retailer, has
signed a deal for Capella University (Central Michigan University) to become the online education provider
for its new My Education Connection program. Under the offering, Walmart
customers can receive tuition discounts for online degree programs from
Capella, which has 9,000 students and offers degrees and certificates to
working adults in business, technology, education, human services, and
psychology.
You can read the following at http://www.capella.edu/GATEWAY.ASPX
Capella University Overview In Brief Capella
University is an accredited online university that offers courses,
certificates and degree programs, including MBA, doctorate, graduate and
undergraduate degrees in business, technology, education, human services and
psychology. Founded in 1993, Capella is the world's fastest-growing
e-learning institution.
A pioneer in online learning, Capella University is
a results-oriented educational institution geared specifically to the goals
and lifestyles of adult learners. Capella redefines the higher education
experience for non-traditional learners, thereby offering an accessible and
flexible education program that allows technology to remove the barriers of
time and place.
Accreditation Capella University is accredited by
The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges
and Schools (NCA), the same body that accredits Big Ten universities. The
NCA has recognized Capella for "its pioneering role in translating an
adult learning model into action." Capella is the first and only online
academic institution to participate in the NCA of Colleges and Schools
Academic Quality Improvement Project.
Enrollment Capella University's student body
currently comprises students from all 50 states and more than 40 countries.
The majority of Capella's learners are working adults who often are
balancing family, work and educational achievement.
More than 600 corporations provide tuition
reimbursement to employees enrolled at Capella University. Check the Capella
Learner Organizations list for your employer's name.
Additionally, some Organizations have signed
Corporate Alliance Partnership Agreements with Capella University. Employees
of our Corporate Partners receive several additional benefits such as
tuition discounts, streamlined enrollment process and cohort learning
opportunities. Our programs are designed to have an immediate impact on the
individual learner and the organization, positioning both for greater
success.
Capella is also a leading provider of courses in all branches of the U.S.
Military --- http://www.capella.edu/reborn/html/solutions/military_index.aspx
Corporate partnerships and alliances are listed at http://www.capella.edu/reborn/html/solutions/corp/index.aspx
Bob Jensen's threads on distance learning training and education
alternatives are at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/crossborder.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on the dark side of distance learning and
education technology are at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/theworry.htm
Battle Over Academic Standards Weighs On For-Profit Colleges
Now Congress appears poised to pass legislation
that favors the for-profits, a group of heavily marketed schools that
are often owned by publicly traded companies. Traditional colleges --
the public and private nonprofit institutions from the Ivy League to
state universities that long have formed the backbone of U.S. higher
education -- are fighting the changes. The traditional colleges question
the rigor of many of these newer rivals, which offer degrees in such
subjects as auto repair and massage therapy but have also branched out
into business and other courses of study. The eight regional
associations that have long set standards for traditional colleges
recognize only a few of the thousands of for-profit colleges. These
gatekeepers evaluate everything from the faculty's level of preparedness
to the quality of libraries. Meanwhile, some for-profit graduates have
been left with heavy debts and unfulfilled goals.
John Hechinger, "Battle Over Academic Standards Weighs On For-Profit
Colleges: Many Traditional Schools Don't Accept Degrees; Congress
Ponders New Law," The Wall Street Journal, September 30, 2005;
Page A1 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB112804419660556426,00.html?mod=todays_us_page_one
Jensen Comment
I remind readers that there is a definitional definitional difference
between the commercialization of colleges and the corporate (or
for-profit) colleges. Commercialization of not-for-profit colleges is
in many ways a much more serious (at least much bigger) problem as is
noted by former Harvard President Derek Bok ---
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/book05q3.htm#EducationCommercialization
The debate is really not over distance versus non-distance education
except from the standpoint where both non-profit (even Harvard) and
for-profit (notably the University of Phoenix) might try to cut costs
and use distance education as a cash cow. Bok lists this as one of his
three most serious problems with the commercialization of non-profit
universities. For example, the 100,000 online students at the
University of Wisconsin provide a serious source of revenue.
The so-called corporate model is simply a form of ownership that
allows newer colleges and training schools to raise equity capital for
financing new operations. I personally don't think the model is
necessarily bad per se. Some corporate universities are quite rigorous
and prestigious. These typically are affiliated with prestigious
corporations and consulting firms that help draw quality students into
the programs. The problem is that most for-profit schools are newer
institutions that do not have established reputations required for
drawing top students. A university can never have academic respect
without quality students. In spite of Jay Leno's continued snide
remarks about community college students, some of these students have
great abilities and become outstanding students. Jay now has dug
himself into a hole on this one by ignoring appeals from community
colleges to cease and desist.
My bottom line advice is to be careful about definitions.
Commercialization is an enormous problem for academic standards,
curricula, and program growth/decline in not-for-profit as well as
for-profit colleges. So is the problem of academic standards when
full-time basketball players from UCLA sue the university after four
years because they still can't read.
If we are really concerned about academic standards, then we should
apply those standards uniformly to the University of Phoenix and the
major universities now listed in the Top 25 NCAA Division 1 football,
basketball, and baseball rankings.
My added comments on this are at
http://faculty.trinity.edu/rjensen/book05q3.htm#EducationCommercialization
"DeVry’s First Dorm," by Scott Jaschik, Inside
Higher Ed, October 25, 2005 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2005/10/25/dorm
For-profit higher education,
with its emphasis on serving part-time, older students, has not
traditionally been in the business of building dormitories.
But DeVry University dedicated
its first dormitory last week, at its Fremont
campus, outside of San Francisco. Not only is the
dorm a first for DeVry, which has campuses in 22
states, but it goes against the pattern at national,
for-profit colleges. The University of Phoenix and
Corinthian Colleges, for example, don’t have any
dorms or plans to build them.
The Fremont campus has
demographics that are not typical of for-profit
higher education — most of its students are enrolled
full-time and are traditional college age. And Ben
Elias, dean of finance and administration at the
campus, said that those demographics shaped the
decision to try a dorm, and that the university is
watching the project before determining whether any
others will be built.
The push for the dorm
largely came from students and parents, Elias said,
who complained about the high cost and long commutes
involved in living in the Bay Area.
Taylor Hall
is right on
DeVry’s campus and its fees compare favorably with
those elsewhere. Students at DeVry pay $6,600 for a
shared room or $8,800 for a private room for two
semesters. Rooms come with cable television and
high-speed Internet, fitness rooms in the dorm, and
an all-you-can eat meal plan. (The national average
this year for room and board is $6,636 at public
colleges and $7,791 at private colleges, according
to data released last week by the College Board, and
students at DeVry report that off-campus housing in
the Bay Area far exceeds those averages.)
Continued in article
What is the meaning of “commodification” in education today?
When asked to list the top 10 problems facing
the academy today, I bet most professors would include the
“commodification” of education. By that they mean a sort of creeping
penetration of market-forces into the academy such that earning a B.A.
is becoming increasingly indistinguishable from, say, buying a Camaro.
As an adjunct I am not privy to the way this trend has altered the wider
institutional structure of higher education, beyond noticing that that
very little of the tuition my students pay finds its way back to me.
However, as someone who regularly teaches service courses I have
extensive experience with bread and butter teaching, and I am familiar
with what “commodification” is supposed to mean in this context: the
idea that professors are expected to produce “customer satisfaction” in
their students, and students are supposed to actually “enjoy” the
classes they take.
Alex Golub, "The Professor as Personal Trainer," Inside Higher Ed,
October 24, 2005 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/views/2005/10/24/golub
Community colleges are upset with Jay Leno
Leno had perturbed leaders of two-year
colleges with his occasional cracks and gibes questioning the
intelligence of those who’ve attended the institutions, and by
ignoring letters they’d written urging him to stop.
So in June, Young, president of Ohio’s Northwest State Community
College, hit upon an idea: inviting (daring?) Leno to hop on one of his
Harley-Davidsons and ride with the motorcycle-driving Young while
talking about community colleges. The comedian (or, more likely, his
publicists) ignored that invitation, too, and so last month, the college
announced that Young and some of her aides would head out to Hollywood,
where Leno tapes “The Tonight Show,” on a seven-day swing in which they
would also tout the crucial role that two-year institutions in preparing
workers and educating lifelong learners.
Doug Lederman, "Letting Leno Have It (Gently)," Inside Higher Ed,
September 29, 2005 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2005/09/29/leno
Derek.Bock, Universities in the Marketplace: The
Commercialization of Higher Education. Princeton,
N.J.: Princeton Univ. Pr., 2003. 233p. alk. paper,
$22.95 (ISBN 0691114129). LC 2002-29267.
Reviews are provided from many sources. One review is
at
http://www.ala.org/ala/acrl/acrlpubs/crljournal/crl2004/backjan2004/bokbookreview.htm
Athletics is the first area
subject to Bok’s critique. Candidly and mercilessly,
he summarizes the ugly history of intercollegiate
football—its failed promise to "build character,"
its unsupportable claim to have helped minorities
achieve a high-quality education, and its grievous
undermining of academic standards. Students whose
academic achievement and potential would hardly
qualify them for careers in any learned profession
are not only routinely admitted to universities of
every quality but are even turned into national
celebrities. Looking at the revenue-generating
sports, mainly football and basketball, Bok informs
the reader that as of
2001,
some thirty coaches were earning in excess of a
million dollars annually, far more than most college
and university presidents. Bok strongly focuses on
the almost complete disconnect between athletic
prowess and academic achievement. He builds a
powerful indictment:
What can
intercollegiate sports teach us about the
hazards of commercialization? First of all, the
saga of big-time athletics reveals that American
universities, despite their lofty ideals, are
not above sacrificing academic values—even
values as basic as admission standards and the
integrity of their courses—in order to make
money.
Indeed, Bok reaches the
conclusion, described by him as "melancholy," that
through their athletic programs, "universities have
compromised the most fundamental purpose of academic
institutions."
Turning to his second area,
scientific research, Bok maintains that the record
has been no less dismal and the battles between the
worlds of intellect and industry no less ruthless:
Scientists have been prohibited from publishing (or
even discussing at conferences) results unfavorable
to their commercial sponsors’ marketing goals.
Companies have punished universities by threatening
to withhold promised financial support should
scientists dare to publish data unfavorable to
sponsors’ interests. Researchers have been
threatened with lawsuits, even grievously defamed.
Companies have imposed a militarylike secrecy upon
faculty who work with them, severely edited
scholars’ reports, and even had their own staffs
write slanted drafts to which university researchers
were expected to attach their names. By Bok’s
account, some elements of the commercial sector
merely look upon faculty and graduate students as
company agents—virtual employees, hired guns—charged
to produce a stream of research from which will
follow a stream of revenue for their businesses.
Bok’s charges are not vague hints; he cites
prestigious institutions, names researchers whose
careers were jeopardized or damaged by threats and
personal attacks, and provides many poignant
details.
In the third area, higher
education itself, Bok outlines the temptations of
easy money, ostensibly available via universities’
willingness, indeed eagerness, to use the income
from distance education (both domestically and
abroad) to finance programs only indirectly linked
to higher education. Bok further suggests that some
schools willingly exploit the Internet more for the
money than for any possible social benefit.
"Is everything in a
university for sale if the price is right?" asks the
book jacket. Are universities now ready to accept
advertising within physical facilities and
curricula? Will they permit commercial enterprises
to put company names on the stadium, team uniforms,
campus shuttle buses, book jackets sold at the
campus bookstore, plastic cups at food service
points, or even on home pages? Will universities
sell the names of entire schools as well as of
buildings? Worse yet, will some schools be tempted
to accept endowed professorships to which the
sponsors seek to attach unacceptable or harmful
restrictions and conditions? There appears to be no
end to the opportunities.
To respond to these and
similar troubling questions, Bok’s two concluding
chapters lay out practical steps the academic
community might consider to avoid sinking into a
quagmire of commercialism in which the academy is
sure to lose control of both its integrity and its
autonomy. Throughout his work, Bok reminds his
readers of the obvious, but sometimes camouflaged
(or ignored), distinction between the academy and
commerce: The mission of the former is to learn,
that of the latter to earn. Conflict between these
missions is inevitable, and should it disappear, the
university as we know it also may vanish. We may not
like what replaces it.
In line with Bok's "Commercialization of
Higher Education," a newer (2005) book
explores the role of market forces in
changing higher education — and the
danger of market forces having too much
influence
Three longtime
observers of higher education explore
the ways — positive and negative — that
universities are changing in
Remaking the American University
(Rutgers
University Press). The authors are
Robert Zemsky, a professor and chair of
the Learning Alliance at the University
of Pennsylvania; Gregory R. Wegner,
director of program development at the
Great Lakes Colleges Association; and
William F. Massy, a professor emeritus
of higher education at Stanford
University and currently president of
the Jackson Hole Higher Education Group.
The three authors recently responded
(jointly) to questions about their new
book.
Scott Jaschik"Remaking the American
University," Inside Higher Ed,
September 21, 2005 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2005/09/21/remaking
Q: Of the trends
you examine, which
ones are most
worrisome to you?
A: What
worries us most is
that universities
and colleges have
become so
preoccupied with
succeeding in a
world of markets
that they too often
forget the need to
be places of public
purpose as well. We
are serious in
arguing that
universities and
colleges must be
both market smart
and mission
centered. Not
surprisingly, then,
we are troubled by
how often today
institutions allow
their pursuit of
market success to
undermine core
elements of their
missions: becoming
preoccupied with
collegiate rankings,
surrendering to an
admissions arms
race, chasing
imagined fortunes
through impulsive
investments
e-learning, or
conferring so much
importance on
athletics as to
alter the character
of the academic
community on campus.
By far the most
troublesome
consequence of
markets displacing
mission, though, is
the reduced
commitment of
universities and
colleges to the
fulfillment of
public purposes.
More than ever
before, these
institutions are
content to advance
graduates merely in
their private,
individual
capacities as
workers and
professionals. In
the rush to achieve
market success, what
has fallen to the
wayside for too many
institutions is the
concept of educating
students as citizens
— graduates who
understand their
obligations to
contribute to the
collective
well-being as active
participants in a
free and
deliberative
society. In the race
for private
advantage, market
success too often
becomes a proxy for
mission attainment.
Q: We’ve just come
through rankings
season, with U.S.
News and others
unveiling their
lists. Do you have
any hope for turning
back the ratings
game? Any ideas you
would offer to
college presidents
who are fed up with
it?
A: On this
one there is no
turning back — the
rankings are here to
stay. Two, frankly
contradictory ideas
are worth thinking
about. First,
university and
college presidents
should accept as
fact that the
rankings measure
market position
rather than quality.
An institution’s
ranking is
essentially a
predictor of the net
price the
institution can
charge. The contrary
idea is to make the
rankings more about
quality by having
most institutions
participate in the
National Survey of
Student Engagement
and agree to have
the results made
public. Even then,
we are not sure that
prestige and market
position would not
trump student
engagement.
Continued in
article
In line with Bok's "Commercialization of Higher
Education," a newer (2005) book explores the role of
market forces in changing higher education — and the
danger of market forces having too much influence
Three longtime observers of
higher education explore the ways — positive and
negative — that universities are changing in
Remaking the American University
(Rutgers University Press). The
authors are Robert Zemsky, a professor and chair of the
Learning Alliance at the University of Pennsylvania;
Gregory R. Wegner, director of program development at
the Great Lakes Colleges Association; and William F.
Massy, a professor emeritus of higher education at
Stanford University and currently president of the
Jackson Hole Higher Education Group. The three authors
recently responded (jointly) to questions about their
new book.
Scott Jaschik"Remaking the American University,"
Inside Higher Ed, September 21, 2005 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2005/09/21/remaking
Q: Of the
trends you examine, which ones are
most worrisome to you?
A:
What worries us most is that
universities and colleges have
become so preoccupied with
succeeding in a world of markets
that they too often forget the need
to be places of public purpose as
well. We are serious in arguing that
universities and colleges must be
both market smart and mission
centered. Not surprisingly, then, we
are troubled by how often today
institutions allow their pursuit of
market success to undermine core
elements of their missions: becoming
preoccupied with collegiate
rankings, surrendering to an
admissions arms race, chasing
imagined fortunes through impulsive
investments e-learning, or
conferring so much importance on
athletics as to alter the character
of the academic community on campus.
By far the
most troublesome consequence of
markets displacing mission, though,
is the reduced commitment of
universities and colleges to the
fulfillment of public purposes. More
than ever before, these institutions
are content to advance graduates
merely in their private, individual
capacities as workers and
professionals. In the rush to
achieve market success, what has
fallen to the wayside for too many
institutions is the concept of
educating students as citizens —
graduates who understand their
obligations to contribute to the
collective well-being as active
participants in a free and
deliberative society. In the race
for private advantage, market
success too often becomes a proxy
for mission attainment.
Q: We’ve
just come through rankings season,
with U.S. News and others
unveiling their lists. Do you have
any hope for turning back the
ratings game? Any ideas you would
offer to college presidents who are
fed up with it?
A:
On this one there is no turning back
— the rankings are here to stay.
Two, frankly contradictory ideas are
worth thinking about. First,
university and college presidents
should accept as fact that the
rankings measure market position
rather than quality. An
institution’s ranking is essentially
a predictor of the net price the
institution can charge. The contrary
idea is to make the rankings more
about quality by having most
institutions participate in the
National Survey of Student
Engagement
and agree to have the results made
public. Even then, we are not sure
that prestige and market position
would not trump student engagement.
Continued in article
September 29, 2005 reply from Kim Robertson
Bob,
Somewhat related to your recent email:
There is a "survey of higher education - The Brains Business" in the
Sept 10, 2005 edition of The Economist magazine.
Kim
The Brains Business
For those of a certain age and educational
background, it is hard to think of higher education without thinking of
ancient institutions. Some universities are of a venerable age—the
University of Bologna was founded in 1088, the University of Oxford in
1096—and many of them have a strong sense of tradition. The truly old
ones make the most of their pedigrees, and those of a more recent
vintage work hard to create an aura of antiquity.…
"The brains business," The Economist, September 10, 2005 ---
http://snipurl.com/BrainsBusiness
Question
What may be some of the direct and indirect implications for you
and your college under various new legislation and pending
legislation in Washington DC?
Hint: Under the bill, colleges can no longer be able to turn
down credits solely based on a school's source of accreditation.
"Higher-Education Bill Aims to Stir Up Academia," by John Hechinger,
The Wall Street Journal, March 30, 2006; Page A8 ---
Click Here
Republicans are "opening up a tremendous
number of provisions for the for-profits," says Ms. Flanagan. "Those
are the ones with a seat at the table. The rest of us have been left
out."
Congress recently handed for-profit schools
a big win when it eliminated a rule requiring all colleges to offer
at least half of their instruction in brick-and-mortar classrooms to
be eligible for federal financial aid. The restriction, intended to
prevent fraud, had hindered online education programs that are
especially popular offerings among education companies.
A provision in the latest bill would weaken
another requirement -- that schools receive no more than 90% of
their revenue from federal financial aid. The rule was intended to
prevent a repeat of widespread fraud in the 1980s and early 1990s,
when some trade schools signed up unqualified low-income students in
order to collect federal aid. For-profit schools are most likely to
bump up against the 90% limit because they lack other funding
sources and often cater to low-income students. Schools would now
have more time to get back in line with the rule if they fall short.
Yet another measure would put for-profits
more on equal academic footing with established schools. Traditional
schools have long tended to reject degrees and course credits from
students at for-profit schools, which often lack the imprimatur of
long-established regional accrediting agencies. Under the bill, they
would no longer be able to turn down credits solely based on a
school's source of accreditation.
Jensen Comment
This legislation can have far-reaching impacts on faculty. It will open
employment opportunities in for-profit colleges. But it will also
increase competition, especially in graduate professional programs in
business, law, pharmacy, nursing, etc. I think it will also greatly
increase the danger of fraud.
March 30, 2005 reply from David Fordham, James Madison University
[fordhadr@JMU.EDU]
In a very rare turn of events, I find
myself in total 100% agreement with Bob's speculation on this one.
In reply to Glen's response, I'm not sure the federal employees had
as much to do with this bill as lobbyists. Congress is generally
more attuned to the needs of lobbyists than it is to federal
employees.
And as Bob points out, this smacks not only
of lobbyists, but good old fashioned planking politics, knee-jerk
politics.
Okay, (yawn), so what else is new?
But what I'm really wondering is: Why we
accounting professors -- of all people -- haven't been able to see
the connection between the "calls for transparency in corporate
reporting", and the "calls for accountability in higher education"?
Why don't we have transparency when it
comes to judging the quality of a transcript? Why do we pay so much
attention to accurate, transparent, and fair financial reporting of
corporations, but so little attention to such qualities when it
comes to transcript reporting?
Isn't education more important than mere
money? (Okay, okay, I know the real answer, but we're *supposed* to
be ACADEMICS, aren't we??)
What's good for the goose should be good
for the gander, right? Take a close look at this concept.
We require companies to go to astoundingly
complex, costly, gyrating, unimaginable effort to publicly report on
the results of their operations. Why? So the public can openly
compare quality between organizations, and thereby make good
decisions. To support this public reporting, we have established an
unbelievably-complex set of rules -- and then mandated adherence to
them -- about how to create those annual reports. And then we
require periodic audits to ensure "uniform" application across
organizations to promote public confidence in the comparisons. We
require certification of those who do the checking, too.
Why not apply the same principle to higher
education? Isn't hiring an employee tantamount to making an
investment? Shouldn't there be some way of comparing the quality of
various individuals' transcripts, just as there is a way to compare
stocks and bonds? Why don't we care about the quality of a
transcript the way we do a stock certificate?
Why don't we propose a set of "generally
accepted academic reporting principles" for the issuing organization
(e.g., universities, colleges, diploma mills, etc.) and mandate
adherence to these uniform reporting standards.
Oh, come on, sure, you can claim that
education is more complex and multi-dimensional than simple cash
flows and net income calculations. But hey, get serious -- have you
looked at derivative or SPE or pension accounting lately? I rest my
case.
And we already have the audit mechanism in
place -- kinda -- (given our dean's worshipful obeisance to the
AACSB). (footnote: can you imagine having the AACSB spend four weeks
at your institution EVERY YEAR after the May commencement? Wow, what
a thought! I wonder which junior is going to get stuck spending his
weekend proofing the assessment figures!)
And talk about malfeasance and negligence!
If the accrediting agencies were held to the same standards as
financial auditors, just think of the job opportunities this would
create for all those poor law-school students who might otherwise
face an oversupply of lawyers in our economy in the coming years.
While I believe Congress is acting
politically and irrationally (both as always), they are at least
responding to a problem about bias in decision making relating to
the quality of transcripts. They are responding to a changing market
environment in transcripts. I'm not confident in the winners of
popularity contests to come up with solutions to difficult problems.
Can we as academics do any better?
My experience has been that just because a
bricks-and-mortar school is accredited says very little about the
quality of its education (inputs maybe, outputs no). And while there
are many fraudulent on-line educational programs, my brother-
in-law's experience teaching at such an institution (named after its
home town in Arizona) would seem to indicate that with proper
management, proper administration, proper mission definition, proper
faculty hiring decisions, and proper execution (!), the concept can
possibly result in as good an education as bricks-and-mortar.
But after all my devils-advocating at the
fundamental level, I repeat, I agree with Bob. I see such a law as
this creating far more problems than it solves.
And of course, my whole post here assumes
the WSJ article got things right in the first place. My experience
with WSJ reporting's quality leaves this assumption in grave
doubt... We need transparency and accuracy of reporting in the media
FAR FAR more than we need it in financial reporting or education or
anything else, for that matter.
David Fordham
Actually David, I think the WSJ article got it right this time
although without the details about the political fight described below
by Doug Lederman.
"Partisanship Reigns," by Doug Lederman, Inside Higher Ed,
March 30, 2006 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2006/03/30/hea
The rest of the rhetoric as
lawmakers began work on the key piece of higher
education legislation probably left many of those
who watched it longing for a different era, or
perhaps a different political system entirely.
Republican and Democratic lawmakers mostly talked
past each other, with Democrats accusing Republicans
of shortchanging students in the bill and squelching
debate by restricting the number of amendments to
the measure, and Republicans charging Democrats with
distorting the goals of the legislation and
devolving into unnecessary partisanship.
In terms of actual
legislating, very little got done Wednesday, in part
because the House Rules Committee, which sets the
terms of debates and voting for each piece of
legislation,
approved only 14, mostly minor amendments
that could be offered on the
House floor Wednesday.
Although Democrats
complained that Republican leaders were purposely
trying to limit their ability to try to alter the
Higher Ed Act legislation — “shutting down this
process,” Rep. Doris Matsui (D-Calif.) said – the
Rules Committee, in a highly unusual move, met late
into the night Wednesday to
craft a second rule that cleared the way
for 8 of the other 100 or so
proposed amendments to be debated and voted on
today.
Included among them are a
sweeping Democratic “substitute”
that takes different
approaches to many of the issues in the bill — which
faces near-certain defeat; a
proposal to ease reporting requirements on college
costs and strip language
from the legislation that would allow states to
begin accrediting colleges;
another that would bar colleges
from denying a student’s
transferred academic credits based solely on the
accreditation of the “sending” institution; and
one that would require colleges
that receive federal funds to
submit an annual report about whether and how they
take race into account in admissions.
The only amendment of real
substance that was considered Wednesday was offered
by Rep. Dan Burton (R-Ind.), and vigorously opposed
by higher education groups. It sought to require
colleges that receive funds through the Higher
Education Act’s international education programs to
report in a public database any donations they
received from foreign sources.
While Burton and other
supporters of the measure portrayed it as an
anti-terrorism effort – a news release from Burton
quoted David Horowitz as saying the amendment would
prevent “the undue influence of foreign monies” –
Burton also did not hide the fact that he was
primarily
targeting campus Middle East studies programs,
some of which conservatives
have accused of being hotbeds of Muslim radicalism.
“The underlying goal of the
amendment is to draw attention to the anti-American,
anti-Semitic, and anti-democratic rhetoric being
preached at some college’s ‘Middle East Studies’
centers,” said the Burton news release, which
featured a line at the top boasting that the
“American Jewish Congress strongly supports
disclosure.”
College groups lobbied hard
against the Burton measure, and it was defeated
soundly, by a vote of 306 to 120.
Continued in article
Trends in Foreign Graduate Enrollments --- Many Pay Full Tuition (unlike
many domestic doctoral students)
Following 9/11 and the tightening of visa rules, the
number of foreign students coming to the United States
for graduate school plunged. But a new report by
the Council of Graduate Schools finds that foreign graduate student enrollment
has finally started to climb. Most foreign graduate students entering this year
came from China and India, which have burgeoning populations of undergraduates
to feed into graduate programs.
Paul D. Thacker, "Foreign Graduate Enrollments Up," Inside Higher Ed,
November 1, 2006 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2006/11/01/foreigngrads
Trends in Foreign Graduate Enrollments
|
New Enrollment,
2004 -5 |
New Enrollment,
2005 -6 |
Total Enrolled,
2004-5 |
Total Enrolled,
2005 -6 |
International total |
1% |
12% |
-3% |
1% |
Country of origin |
|
|
|
|
China |
3% |
20% |
-2% |
-2% |
India |
3% |
32% |
-4% |
8% |
South Korea |
5% |
5% |
-4% |
-3% |
Middle East |
11% |
-1% |
1% |
1% |
Discipline |
|
|
|
|
Business |
7% |
10% |
-3% |
1% |
Engineering |
3% |
22% |
-6% |
3% |
Humanities and Arts |
-2% |
-6% |
1% |
-7% |
Life Sciences |
-1% |
2% |
-5% |
-1% |
"More Foreign Students — Everywhere," by
Elizabeth Redden, Inside Higher Ed, November 12, 2007 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2007/11/12/opendoors
The total number of international students enrolled
in the United States climbed significantly in the
last academic year for the first time since 2001-2.
As for American students studying abroad, the number
increased by 8.5 percent to 223,534 in 2005-6, with
short-term programs and study in non-traditional
destinations outside Europe particularly hot growth
areas, according to the Institute of International
Education’s annual
Open Doors
report, released today.
While survey
results released by the Council of Graduate Schools
last week found that the
rate of enrollment growth of first-time
international graduate students had slowed while
total enrollment had risen more dramatically, the
IIE survey found the opposite pattern, with
enrollments of new international students up 10
percent and total enrollments up 3.2 percent in
2006-7. (While study abroad figures in Open Doors
are from the 2005-6 academic year, international
enrollment numbers are in reference to 2006-7). The
finding, said Peggy Blumenthal, executive vice
president for IIE, points to the excess capacity and
expanding international enrollments outside of
graduate education.
...
Total Enrollment of International Students at
Colleges in the U.S.
Year |
Total Foreign Enrollment |
1-Year % Change |
2000-1 |
547,867 |
+6.4% |
2001-2 |
582,996 |
+6.4% |
2002-3 |
586,323 |
+0.6% |
2003-4 |
572,509 |
-2.4% |
2004-5 |
565,039 |
-1.3% |
2005-6 |
564,766 |
-0.05% |
2006-7 |
582,984 |
+3.2% |
Top 10 Places of Origin for Foreign Students in
U.S., 2006-7
Rank and Country |
Total |
1-Year % Change |
1. India |
83,833 |
+9.6% |
2. China |
67,723 |
+8.2% |
3. South Korea |
62,392 |
+5.7% |
4. Japan |
35,282 |
-8.9% |
5. Taiwan |
29,094 |
+4.4% |
6. Canada |
28,280 |
+0.3% |
7. Mexico |
13,826 |
-0.8% |
8. Turkey |
11,506 |
-1% |
9. Thailand |
8,886 |
+1.4% |
10. Germany |
8,656 |
-2% |
For
the sixth year in a row, the University of Southern
California was the leading host institution, and
business and engineering were the most popular
fields of study, representing 18 and 15 percent of
enrollments respectively. Community colleges had a
3.6 percent growth in overall international student
enrollment, research universities 4.1 percent and
master’s institutions 2.1 percent. Bachelor’s
institutions had a 2.4 percent drop.
Top Destinations for International Students in the
U.S., 2006-7
Rank and Institution |
Foreign Enrollment |
Research universities |
|
1. U. of Southern California |
7,115 |
2. Columbia U. |
5,937 |
3. New York U. |
5,827 |
4. U. of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign |
5,685 |
5. Purdue U., main campus |
5,581 |
Master’s Institutions |
|
1. San Francisco State U. |
2,496 |
2. California State U. at Northridge |
1,963 |
3. San Jose State U. |
1,889 |
4. California State U. at Fullerton |
1,668 |
5. CUNY Baruch College |
1,587 |
Bachelor’s Institutions |
|
1. Brigham Young U., Hawaii campus |
1,201 |
2. SUNY Fashion Institute of Technology |
1,046 |
3. University of Hawaii at Hilo |
411 |
4. University of Dallas |
405 |
5. Mount Holyoke College |
403 |
Community Colleges |
|
1. Houston Community College |
3,378 |
2. Montgomery College |
3,055 |
3. Santa Monica College |
2,851 |
4. De Anza College |
2,155 |
5. CUNY Borough of Manhattan CC |
1,841 |
Meanwhile, a “snapshot” survey of this fall’s
international enrollment numbers conducted by eight
different associations, including IIE and NAFSA:
Association of International Educators, finds
promising indicators for future growth, with 55
percent of institutions responding that new
enrollments of international students increased this
fall over last. “You’re seeing the gradual trend
where the picture brightens marginally each time,
but the overall reality remains, which is that we’re
still not up to the levels we were four years ago,”
said Victor C. Johnson, associate executive director
for public policy at NAFSA.
Continued in article
Endowment Funds and Accounting
Controversies
Harvard -30, Yale -25: Banks aren't the
only ones that swallowed poison
"The Age of Diminishing Endowments: Yale's president on campus
politics and the future of higher education," by Matthew Kaminski, The Wall
Street Journal, June 6, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB124425383780391015.html
Richard Levin, the
longest serving president in the Ivy League, had enjoyed a charmed
run at Yale. In his first 15 years Yale's endowment notched up the
best returns of any university's, and its innovative investment
strategy became a model for many others. Mr. Levin rode the bull
market to restore morale, launch a building spree, and strengthen
the school in sciences and internationally. Yale dollars even
spruced up shabby New Haven.
Then came the Great
Recession. What went up so fast for elite universities -- Yale's
endowment grew to $23 billion last summer from $3.1 billion in 1993,
Mr. Levin's first year -- dropped like a stone. The impact was
immediate: Mr. Levin announced a 5% spending cut in December (later
adjusted to 7.5%), then froze faculty pay and most large capital
projects. By the end of this month he says the endowment will be
marked down by a quarter to around $17 billion. Harvard, the only
university with a larger endowment, got caught out on arcane fare
like interest rate swaps and now projects a 30% decline, to about
$24 billion.
"We had a run that
was historically unprecedented, and at the tail end of that it
looked like we were getting too rich," Mr. Levin says, recalling
that members of Congress were then starting to complain about rich
private universities' "hoarding" money. "Well, that's quickly been
amended," he deadpans.
University
endowments once invested primarily in stocks and bonds. Yale's
longtime chief investment officer, David Swensen, pioneered a new
strategy that found better returns in less traditional vehicles like
hedge funds, private equity partnerships and real estate. The
Swensen approach produced a 16% average annual return the past
decade through last June. But the steep and sudden drop has left
schools heavily invested in assets that can't be quickly sold for
cash.
An academic
economist who sounds as if he knows his school's finances as well as
anyone here, Mr. Levin defends the so-called Yale Model against
emboldened critics. "We made huge excess returns on the way up. When
it's all over and things stabilize I think we'll find the overall
long-run performance [of the endowment] is better than if we
didn't." But he acknowledges the downside. "The challenge for the
Swensen strategy is in the area of liquidity. I think it is fair to
say all of us, including Yale, didn't anticipate that." In response,
universities are borrowing at unprecedented levels. Harvard recently
tapped the bond market for $1.5 billion, Stanford and Princeton
borrowed $1 billion each, and Yale $800 million "just to support our
liquidity," says Mr. Levin.
So what does the
dawn of the era of unplenty mean for the future of his university,
and others? Mr. Levin, a youthful 62, finds some comfort in the
numbers to downplay the impact on Yale.
Long ago, private
universities designed "spending rules" for their endowments to
support them less lavishly in flush years and more in the tough.
That cushions the blow to the budget. "We'll spend 6.5% or 6.7% of
our endowment next year when the endowment declines," he says.
"That's the flip side of the spending of 3.8% we were spending when
the endowment was rising very rapidly." While the endowment will
provide some 43% of next year's budget, tuition -- once the
principal source of income -- accounts for just 11% after financial
aid. Yet if the investments don't rebound over the next few years,
Yale and other schools in its league will have to rethink long-term
priorities and expansion plans.
Universities weren't
the only lavish spenders in the bubble years, and they dodged a
bullet when only two years ago Sen. Chuck Grassley (R., Iowa) tried
to pass legislation to force them to shell out even more of their
endowments to slow tuition increases. The current crisis vindicates
relatively conservative endowment spending rules. "Managing
university finances is very tricky business," Mr. Levin says. "We're
nonprofits. We're not supposed to accumulate large surpluses."
Tuition is always a
big issue. Earlier this year, smack in the midst of the recession,
Yale raised it 3.2% to $47,500, including room and board. Mr. Levin
is unapologetic. "If we are to maintain a 10-to-one ratio of
students to faculty, if professors get average salary increases,
we're going to go up faster than inflation" -- during his tenure, on
average, a percentage point above inflation.
Four years of
college at $200,000 strikes lots of people as indecent. "You're
talking about sticker prices," Mr. Levin says. "The actual net price
people pay, tuition minus financial aid, is basically not changed at
all. If you look at the average net price for all of our students,
it's actually declined over the last decade." That makes for an
average cost of $18,000 per student per year now, compared to
$19,000 a decade ago. Mr. Levin says the boom provoked "something of
an arms race to give more financial aid," and opened private schools
up to a larger -- and as a result stronger -- pool of students "that
used to think that elite private schools were inaccessible to them."
Yale may be "more affordable than ever," he says. But then Yale's
president admits "this logic only applies to five schools" who offer
"need blind" admissions.
Some schools may go
belly-up because of the crisis. Ohio's Antioch College closed last
year. "As always happens in a recession, we'll see some of the
tuition-dependent institutions run into trouble," Mr. Levin says.
"Sadly, it hits some schools that play an important social role like
the historically black schools. And then state schools get hit.
Though they don't get shut down, their budgets get starved."
As Mr. Levin points
out, tuition at public schools has gone up faster than at private
schools -- on average, 2.5% plus inflation -- to make up for state
budget cuts. "They've not kept pace with the private institutions in
terms of resources. That's very sad, because the great state
universities here are really unique and fabulous institutions."
The financial pinch
is forcing schools to impose hiring freezes and consider shuttering
departments with lower enrollments -- say, French literature. This
trend also calls into question America's long-held commitment to a
liberal over a vocational higher education. Mr. Levin is quick to
say "that's not a worry for flagship universities."
Rick Levin knows
plenty about troubled institutions. In the early 1990s, Yale fit
that bill. Its neglected and aging physical plant required urgent
renovation. The budget was deep in the red. A faculty revolt helped
force the resignation of senior administrators, who included
prominent conservatives disliked on the liberal campus. In addition,
Yale had the worst record of labor strife of virtually any school
and found itself in one of America's most crime-ridden towns. (In
1991, a 19-year-old student named Christian Prince was gunned down
near campus.)
The economic revival
and endowment boom helped turn things around. But Mr. Levin also
brought a vision: America's third-oldest university needed to shape
up or lose its leading position. He focused on boosting science,
sometimes neglected at a place renowned for its humanities, and
taking the university global. He expanded ties with China. A tenth
of Yale's undergraduate student body now comes from outside the U.S.
When Mr. Levin took over, only 3% did.
As with other
schools that might like to switch neighborhoods -- think of Penn,
Columbia, the University of Chicago -- the economic downturn exposes
Yale's New Haven handicap. In recent years, the city's largest
employer and landowner tried to improve long-strained town-gown
relations and gentrify the areas around campus. So when Mayor John
DeStefano came with an emergency request to help cover New Haven's
$29 million deficit, Yale in February increased its voluntary
financial contribution to the city by 50%, to $7.6 million --
despite its own shortfall. (As a nonprofit, Yale pays little in
taxes.) Financially, he says, "the city is in deep trouble."
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Other
projected declines include Cornell (-27%), Columbia (-22%),
Princeton (-25%), and Stanford (-25%).
Other relatively double digit endowment losers included the University
of Virginia, Duke, Barnard College, and Swarthmore College.
Contrary to early reports that Dartmouth College lost only 6%, an
estimated
23% loss is more realistic. Brandeis University lost 71% of its
endowment with the majority of the losses being stolen by Bernie Madoff.
Heavily endowed state university losses were more varied, but some like
West Virginia lost a quarter of their endowments. The University of
Texas has an endowment second only to Harvard. Texas lost about 20% in
this economic crisis.
In September
2007, Senator Charles Grassley (R-Iowa) held hearings on hedge fund
transparency that morphed into a criticism of university endowment
spending relative to performance, with Harvard as exhibit A. After all,
according to the 2007 NACUBO Endowment Study, Harvard had a $34.6
billion endowment after growing 19.8 percent from 2006. (As always,
Harvard gathers accolades in every field but football.) It's a fine
university, but it's atypical. The average endowment can't spend
anywhere near what Harvard does, nor can endowment managers make up the
difference with performance.
Ann C. Logue, "Five Percent of Very Little Is Even Less," University
Business, March 2008 (before the crash) ---
http://www2.universitybusiness.com/viewarticle.aspx?articleid=1024&p=1
The Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) has issued FASB Staff Position (FSP)
FAS 117-1, "Endowments of Not-for-Profit Organizations: Net Asset
Classification of Funds Subject to an Enacted Version of the Uniform
Prudent Management of Institutional Funds Act (UPMIFA), and Enhanced
Disclosures for All Endowment Funds." The FSP applies to not-for-profit
organizations with donor-restricted endowment funds. Consequently, the
FSP will result in possibly significant net asset category
reclassifications for independent institutions and the not-for-profit
foundations of public institutions that are in UPMIFA states. In
addition, all independent institutions and foundations affiliated with
public institutions will be subject to new endowment disclosure
requirements - regardless of the status or adoption of UPMIFA in their
state.
NACUBO, August 14, 2008 ---
Click Here
"Moody's Warns of 'Sharp Deterioration' in
College Finances," by Mark Beja, Chronicle of Higher Education, June
8, 2009 ---
http://chronicle.com/daily/2009/06/19501n.htm?utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
Despite the deep
recession, the latest report from Moody’s Investors Service on
private colleges, released on Friday, shows that they are only now
starting to feel the pinch and warns that a “sharp deterioration” is
expected in the 2009 data. The new report looks at private colleges’
data only through June 2008.
Although there has
been growth over the last four years in colleges’ total financial
resources, the report says, negative investment returns and lower
gift revenue led to a decline of almost 3 percent in 2008.
Roger Goodman, a
vice president of the credit-rating agency, which monitors 285
private colleges and universities, said it only makes sense that the
report for 2009 will be even worse because most of the economic
downturn, including the stock-market collapse and heavy job losses,
has occurred since June 2008. He added that, for the 2009 fiscal
year, which ends on June 30 for many institutions, most colleges
will probably report investment losses of 20 percent to 30 percent.
“I don’t know that
there’s anything in here that’s a new worry for colleges,” Mr.
Goodman said. “Even more so than in the past, we already know there
will be substantial changes for most organizations.”
“We really think
that this is a precursor of the direction that these ratios are
heading in the next year,” he added.
Liquidity Problems
While total
enrollment continued to grow slightly in 2008, the report says,
several colleges are already reporting slower growth for 2009 and
expect an increase in demand for financial aid. In addition,
students are choosing lower-priced public colleges over
more-expensive private ones.
Last month,
Moody’s
outlined factors it will consider when
determining whether to downgrade the credit ratings of colleges and
universities, including a decline in student demand, investment
losses, weakened financial standing, and liquidity problems.
Continued in article
CEO Compensation Leaders for
Non-Profit Private Universities
From the Chronicle of Higher
Education, November 14, 2010 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/College-Chief-Executives/125311/
College Chief
Executives Earning Over $1-Million in Total
Compensation, 2008
Name |
Institution |
State |
Institution type |
Base pay |
Bonus pay |
Other pay |
Deferred compensation |
Nontaxable benefits |
Total compensation |
Bernard
Lander* 1 |
Touro
College |
N.Y. |
Master's |
$350,844 |
$85,000 |
$0 |
$4,269,390 |
$81,596 |
$4,786,830 |
John R.
Brazil* |
Trinity U. |
Tex. |
Master's |
$332,824 |
$0 |
$2,207,096 |
$233,057 |
$4,676 |
$2,777,653 |
R. Gerald
Turner |
Southern
Methodist U. |
Tex. |
Research |
$534,866 |
$264,739 |
$1,627,581 |
$219,223 |
$127,591 |
$2,774,000 |
Nicholas S.
Zeppos |
Vanderbilt
U. |
Tenn. |
Research |
$682,071 |
$729,627 |
$736,626 |
$226,910 |
$32,354 |
$2,407,588 |
Steven B.
Sample* |
U. of
Southern California |
Calif. |
Research |
$827,597 |
$500,000 |
$222,728 |
$231,800 |
$131,802 |
$1,913,927 |
John L.
Lahey |
Quinnipiac
U. |
Conn. |
Master's |
$746,043 |
$0 |
$1,059,367 |
$23,000 |
$17,017 |
$1,845,427 |
Lee C.
Bollinger 2 |
Columbia U. |
N.Y. |
Research |
$878,409 |
$0 |
$12,993 |
$518,650 |
$343,932 |
$1,753,984 |
Shirley Ann
Jackson |
Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute |
N.Y. |
Research |
$795,001 |
$160,610 |
$143,012 |
$526,292 |
$30,715 |
$1,655,630 |
Constantine
N. Papadakis * 3 |
Drexel U. |
Pa. |
Research |
$696,907 |
$310,000 |
$0 |
$574,214 |
$44,971 |
$1,626,092 |
Steadman
Upham |
U. of Tulsa |
Okla. |
Research |
$585,000 |
-- |
$3,051 |
$1,030,165 |
$4,013 |
$1,622,229 |
Harold J.
Raveché* |
Stevens
Institute of Technology |
N.J. |
Research |
$601,465 |
$285,000 |
$29,003 |
$606,468 |
$59,530 |
$1,581,466 |
Richard C.
Levin |
Yale U. |
Conn. |
Research |
$965,077 |
$50,000 |
$165,955 |
$328,250 |
$20,726 |
$1,530,008 |